UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20162019

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission File No. 001-37852001‑37852


PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

Delaware

98-0505495

(State or other jurisdiction of


incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

521 Cottonwood Drive,7707 Gateway Boulevard, Suite 100

Milpitas,140
Newark, California 9503594560

(408) 649-7370

(510) 474-0170

(Address, including zip code, of registrant’s
principal

executive offices)

(Telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s
principal

executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value

PTGX

The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation SK (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10K or any amendment to this Form 10K.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “smaller reporting“emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-212b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☒ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-212b‑2 of the Exchange Act of 1934).   Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $212.4 million as of June 30, 2019, based upon the closing sale price on The Nasdaq Global Market reported on June 30, 2019. Excludes an aggregate of 7,424,570 shares of the registrant’s common stock held by officers, directors and affiliated stockholders. For purposes of determining whether a stockholder was not publicly traded asan affiliate of the last business dayregistrant at June 30, 2019, the registrant assumed that a stockholder was an affiliate of the registrant at June 30, 2019 if such stockholder (i) beneficially owned 10% or more of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.common stock, as determined based on public filings and/or (ii) was an executive officer or director or was affiliated with an executive officer or director of the registrant at June 30, 2019. Exclusion of such shares should not be construed to indicate that any such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.

Number ofThere were 27,294,299 shares of registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, outstanding as of February 28, 2017 was 16,787,990.2020.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed subsequent to the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)(“SEC”), are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. Such proxy statement will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

 

 

 


PART I

StatementStatements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains10‑K contain certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements are identified by words such as “believe,” “will,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” “could,” “potentially” or the negative of these terms or similar expressions. You should read these statements carefully because they discuss future expectations, contain projections of future results of operations or financial condition, or state other “forward-looking” information. These statements relate to our future plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and financial performance and the assumptions that underlie these statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this report in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. These statements, like all statements in this report, speak only as of their date, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise these statements in light of future developments. We caution investors that our business and financial performance are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties.

3

Item 1.Business.

Item 1.Business.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company withthat utilizes a proprietary technology platform focused on discoveringto discover and developingdevelop novel peptide-based new chemical entities (“NCEs” )drugs to address significant unmet medical needs.needs and transform existing treatment paradigms for patients. We have three assets in various stages of clinical development derived from this platform, and we expect to report results from six different Phase 2 studies by the end of 2021.

Figure 1: Our Product Pipeline

Picture 9

Our most advanced clinical asset, PTG-300, is an injectable hepcidin mimetic in development for the potential treatment of iron overload and other blood disorders. PTG-300 mimics the effect of the natural hormone hepcidin, but with greater potency, solubility and stability. Hepcidin is a key hormone in regulating iron equilibrium and is critical to the proper development of red blood cells. We are currently developing PTG-300 for the treatment of ineffective erythropoiesis, chronic anemia and iron overload, with an initial focus on beta-thalassemia non-transfusion dependent (“NTD”) and transfusion dependent (“TD”) patients where the primary focus is on developing first-in-class oral peptideendpoints are hemoglobin increases and transfusion burden reductions, respectively. PTG-300 has received an orphan drug designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and European Union (“EU”) regulatory authorities for the treatment of beta-thalassemia. The FDA has granted Fast Track designation to PTG-300 for the treatment of beta-thalassemia. In the first quarter of 2019, we began dosing patients in a global Phase 2 study of PTG-300 in beta-thalassemia. Preliminary results from this Phase 2 study reported in the fourth quarter of 2019 suggest that the dose related pharmacodynamic responses in lowering serum iron and transferrin saturation (“TSAT”) warrant continued evaluation at higher and/or more frequent doses which will be required to evaluate the rate and durability of clinical response in order to reach definitive conclusions. We expect to report clinical efficacy results from this Phase 2 study in 2020. We initiated a Phase 2 study in polycythemia vera (“PV”) in the third quarter of 2019 and a Phase 2 study in hereditary hemochromatosis (“HH”) in January 2020. We are working toward the initiation of an investigator-sponsored study (“IST”) of PTG-300 in patients with myelodysplastic syndromes (“MDS”) in the first half of 2020. Assuming PTG-300 shows clinical efficacy in one or more of the above indications, we intend to select our first indication in 2020 for a potential pivotal study to begin in 2021.

4

Our clinical assets PTG-200 and PN-943 are orally delivered drugs currently in development for inflammatory bowel disease (“IBD”), a gastrointestinal (“GI”) disease consisting primarily of ulcerative colitis (“UC”) and Crohn’s disease (“CD”), that specifically target the sameblock biological pathways alsocurrently targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. Compared to injectable antibody drugs, our oral peptides offerOur orally stable peptide approach offers targeted delivery to the gastrointestinal (“GI”)GI tissue compartment,compartment. We believe that, compared to antibody drugs, these product candidates have the potential forto provide improved safety due to minimal exposure in the blood, improvedincreased convenience and compliance due to oral delivery, and the opportunity for the earlier introduction of targeted therapy for inflammatory bowel disease (“IBD”). Our initial lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, are based on this approach and we believeoral therapy. As a result, if approved, they have the potential tomay transform the existing treatment paradigm for IBD,IBD. 

PTG-200 (also referenced as JNJ-67864238) is an orally delivered gut-restricted Interleukin-23 receptor (“IL-23R”) antagonist for the treatment of IBD. In May 2017, we entered into a GI disease consisting primarilyworldwide license and collaboration agreement with Janssen Biotech, Inc. (“Janssen”), a Johnson & Johnson company, to co-develop and co-detail PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds for all indications, including IBD. The agreement with Janssen was amended in May 2019 to expand the collaboration by supporting efforts towards second-generation IL-23R antagonists, triggering a $25.0 million milestone payment to us. In January 2020, as part of ulcerative colitisthe expanded research collaboration, we announced the identification and nomination of an orally delivered, gut-restricted IL-23R antagonist peptide as a second-generation development candidate, triggering a $5.0 million milestone payment to us. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Overview” and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. In 2018, we completed a Phase 1 clinical study to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of PTG-200 in healthy volunteers. Janssen submitted a U.S. Investigational New Drug application (“UC”IND”), for PTG-200 in CD during the second quarter of 2019, which took effect in July 2019. In collaboration with Janssen, we initiated a Phase 2 clinical study for PTG-200 in CD in the fourth quarter of 2019, with results expected in the first half of 2021.

PN-943 is an orally delivered, gut-restricted, alpha-4-beta-7 (“α4β7”) specific integrin antagonist. We developed PN-943 as a potentially more potent orally delivered, gut-restricted α4β7 backup compound to PTG-100, our first-generation orally delivered gut-restricted α4β7 inhibitor that was being developed for treatment of UC. In 2019, we completed a Phase 1 single ascending dose (“SAD”) and Crohn’s diseasemultiple ascending dose (“CD”MAD”). clinical study of PN-943 in healthy volunteers to evaluate safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. We reported results of the SAD part of the study during the second quarter of 2019 and the MAD part of the study during the third quarter of 2019. The pharmacodynamic results indicated that the administration of PN-943 was well tolerated, and results of target engagement were supportive of the higher potency of PN-943 as compared to PTG-100. We submitted a U.S. IND for PN-943 in December 2019, which took effect in January 2020. We anticipate initiating a Phase 2 proof of concept (“POC”) study in UC in the second quarter of 2020, with topline data expected in the second half of 2021.

PTG-100 and PTG-200Our clinical assets are all derived from our proprietary peptide technologydiscovery platform. Peptide therapeutics represent a substantial and growing therapeutic class with more than 60 U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approved drugs. Our platform enables us to discoverengineer novel, structurally constrained peptides that retain certain key advantages of both oral andorally delivered small moleculemolecules and injectable antibody drugs, while overcoming many of their limitations as therapeutic agents. ConstrainedImportantly, constrained peptides are rigid, well-folded structures typically formed by disulfide bonds thatcan be designed to alleviate the fundamental instability inherent in traditional peptides which cannot be delivered orally. Further, these constrained peptides are designed to bindallow different delivery forms, such as oral, subcutaneous, intravenous, and rectal. We continue to biologicaluse our peptide technology platform to discover product candidates against targets including protein-protein interactions (“PPI”) targets, which are typically approached by antibodies since small molecules cannot bind effectively to these targets. It is estimated that up to 80% of all potentialin disease targets are not amenable to drug development by small molecules and have therefore traditionally been approached by injectable antibody drugs.areas with significant unmet medical needs.

Our novel peptides have potential applicability in a wide range of therapeutic areas in addition to GI diseases. Our first product candidate beyond IBD is PTG‑300: AN INJECTABLE HEPCIDIN MIMETIC

PTG-300, an injectable hepcidin mimetic, which is currently in pre-clinical development with completion of Investigational New Drug (“IND”) enabling studies expected by the end of the first half of 2017. A hepcidin mimeticwas discovered through our peptide technology platform. Hepcidin is a peptide that mimics the function of the natural hormone hepcidin.that regulates iron metabolism. We are developing PTG-300 has potential utility for the treatment of certain disorders characterized by ineffective erythropoiesis, excessive red blood cells or iron overload disorders, such asb-Thalassemia, hereditary hemochromatosis (“HH”) and sickle cell disease (“SCD”), eachoverload. In diseases of which may qualify PTG-300 for orphan drug designation.

Index to Financial Statements

Our Product Candidates

PTG-100

PTG-100 has first-in-class potential as an oral, alpha-4-beta-7 (“a4b7”) integrin-specific antagonist for the treatmentineffective erythropoiesis, excessive quantities of IBD. Thea4b7 integrin is considered to be one of the most GI-specific biological targets for IBD. It is a cell surface protein present on T cells that plays an important roleiron in the trafficking of T cellsbone marrow contribute to oxidative stress and premature cell death causing anemia. In healthy individuals, hepcidin regulates iron levels by inhibiting iron absorption from the GI tissue compartmenttract and by bindinglimiting macrophage release of iron. Individuals with beta-thalassemia and MDS can have insufficient hepcidin to MAdCAM-1, an extracellular proteinmaintain appropriate iron levels that resides mostlyresult in the GI vasculature.

We are leveraging several factors to inform and guide the clinical developmentchronic anemia. Because of PTG-100 for the treatmentstability issues, complexity of IBD. First, PTG-100 shares the samea4b7 integrin target as the injectable antibody drug vedolizumab, marketed as Entyvio®, for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Second, we utilized pharmacodynamic (“PD”) biomarker assays similar to those described in scientific publications used with Entyvio® and other antibodies in development as indicators of target engagement to establish proof-of-concept (“POC”) in our Phase 1 clinical trial with PTG-100. These PD data include increases in receptor occupancy and decreases in receptor expression. We believe that we can utilize published information describing the development and regulatory path of Entyvio® and other approved antibody drugs for IBD to help inform the design of our clinical development studies.

We have completed extensive pre-clinical studies of PTG-100 in which we established pharmacological POC, including effects on T cell trafficking and mucosal healing similar to comparatora4b7 rodent antibody, DATK-32. Following the submission and approval of a Clinical Trial Notification (“CTN”) in Australia in December 2015, we initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial, comprised of three components: a single ascending dose (“SAD”) and multiple ascending dose (“MAD”) component, each of which evaluated safety, pharmacokinetics (“PK”), and PD-based POC in healthy subjects, using an oral liquid formulation of PTG-100. The Phase 1 clinical trial was completed in June 2016. Dose escalation proceeded up to 1,000 mg, the highest dose tested in the study for both single and multiple dosing. There were no serious adverse events reported in the Phase 1 clinical trial, and no dose-limiting toxicities were observed. All reported adverse events were of mild to moderate severity. There were no dose-dependent increases observed for any adverse events. The most frequent adverse events reported by subjects on PTG-100 were headache and upper respiratory tract infection. These events were also observed in subjects who took placebo.

We initiated a global Phase 2b randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled dose-finding clinical trial in the fourth quarter of 2016 to assess safety and efficacy of PTG-100 in moderate-to-severe UC patients. We anticipate that the trial will enroll approximately 240 subjects at approximately 100 sites in the United States, Canada, Europe (Western, Central, and Eastern), Asia, Australia, and New Zealand. The primary objectives of our Phase 2b clinical trial are to evaluate the safety and tolerability of PTG-100 and its efficacy in the induction of remission in subjects with moderate-to-severe UC. Secondary objectives are to select PTG-100 induction doses for continued development, to characterize PTG-100 plasma concentrations and pharmacodynamic responses, and to evaluate any immunogenicity over 12 weeks. The trial will include subjects who have had prior exposure to tumor necrosis factor-alpha (“TNF-a”) inhibitors and subjects who have not been treated with biologics. Subjects will be randomized to one of four dose arms (150mg/300mg/900mg PTG-100 or placebo) for 12 weeks of once-daily oral dosing, followed by four weeks of safety follow-up. An interim futility analysis is expected to be performed in the second half of 2017, and if futility criteria are not met, one or two PTG-100 doses will be selected for continued randomization of the remaining subjects. We expect to complete the study and report top-line data in the second half of 2018. We expect that this trial will support end-of-Phase 2 meetings with global health authorities and enable the initiation of a Phase 3 pivotal program.

The primary endpoints are consistent with those used in the clinical development of previously approved drugs for UC. The trial is statistically powered to detect a clinically meaningful difference in induction of remission in subjects with moderate-to-severe UC who are treated with PTG-100 compared to placebo. The evaluation of clinical remission is based on the Mayo Score, which is a well-established composite assessment that utilizes patient-reported outcomes and endoscopic improvement. Secondary efficacy endpoints will include

Index to Financial Statements

endoscopic response, clinical response, endoscopic remission, change in endoscopic subscore, change in stool frequency and rectal bleeding subscores, change in fecal calprotectin, change in the IBD questionnaire, change in Mayo score and change in partial Mayo score, from baseline to multiple points during the induction period.

We plan to develop PTG-100 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC, potentially followed by mild-to-moderate UC, CD, and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-200

Our second oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidate is PTG-200, a potential first-in-class Interleukin-23 receptor (“IL-23R”) specific antagonist for the treatment of IBD. Interleukin-23 (“IL-23”) is a member of the IL-12 family of pro-inflammatory cytokines, and is a protein that regulates inflammatory and immune function and plays a key role in the development of IBD. By blocking the IL-23 receptor with PTG-200 in the GI tissue compartment, we expect to reduce inflammation while potentially minimizing the risk of systemic side effects due to its GI-restricted nature. The IL-23 pathway is targeted by the IL-12 and IL-23 antagonist infused antibody drug ustekinumab, marketed as Stelara®, for psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, and moderate-to-severe CD.

We have completed pre-clinical POC studies for PTG-200, started IND-enabling studies, and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. We plan to develop PTG-200 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe CD, potentially followed by UC and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-300

PTG-300 is an injectable hepcidin mimetic peptide that we are developing for the treatment of iron overload disorders, such asb-Thalassemia, HH and SCD, each of which may qualify for orphan drug designation. Hepcidin is a peptide hormone critical for regulating iron homeostasis. However, hepcidin has significant stability, potencysynthesis and solubility limitations.limitations, direct replacement with native hepcidin is not a practical therapeutic approach. We have discovered and developed PTG-300 as a stable, soluble, more readily manufactured injectable hepcidin mimetic that could potentially prevent iron toxicity and anemia with chronic subcutaneous injections.

5

Mechanism of Action and Rationale

The molecular target of the hormone hepcidin is the cellular trans-membrane protein ferroportin, which functions as an export channel for intracellular iron in macrophages, liver hepatocytes, and duodenal enterocytes. By binding to the extracellular domain of ferroportin, hepcidin redistributes iron by reducing the export of iron from inside the enterocytes and macrophages to the systemic circulation. Excessive quantities of iron relative to the lower levels of beta-globin chains in the bone marrow induce ineffective erythropoiesis resulting in anemia. As a hepcidin mimetic, PTG-300 may redistribute iron to the macrophages, reduce iron-induced oxidative stress in the bone marrow, and allow for sufficient production of red blood cells. In addition, by limiting the release of iron into the blood, PTG-300 may inhibit the damage caused by excessive absorption of iron by vital organs such as the liver and heart (i.e. secondary iron overload).

Iron Disorders Overview

Beta-thalassemia

Beta-thalassemia is a rare genetic blood disorder that is characterized by impaired red blood cell production. As a result of the underlying genetic defect in -globin production, beta-thalassemia patients may be severely anemic, resulting in the need for lifelong supportive care with regular red blood cell transfusions. Repeated transfusions can cause secondary iron overload in the heart and liver which results in shortened lifespan in patients. In the bone marrow, elevated levels of iron relative to the decreased levels of beta-globin can prevent red blood cells from fully developing, resulting in anemia. In addition, the resulting immature red blood cells can aggregate in the spleen causing organ enlargement that may require surgical removal. In conditions of ineffective erythropoiesis, such as beta-thalassemia and MDS, hepcidin levels are suppressed leading to increases in iron absorption from the GI tract and iron export from macrophages which may be toxic to developing erythrocytes. It has been proposed that agents with hepcidin activity may help correct the iron distribution abnormalities in beta-thalassemia with beneficial effects on erythropoiesis.

Existing treatment options for iron-loading anemia and secondary iron overload are limited. Patients with transfusion-dependent (“TD”) beta-thalassemia require lifelong regular red blood cell transfusions and general supportive care. Red blood cell transfusions can treat a patient’s anemia but exacerbate the patient’s iron overload and are burdensome. The iron overload caused by transfusions may require treatment with chelating agents, which can have adverse effects. Transfusion and iron chelation therapy have significantly improved the survival of TD beta-thalassemia patients over the last few decades. However, these agents work very slowly and have significant kidney, gastrointestinal, and liver toxicity issues. The greatest unmet need for beta-thalassemia is for more effective treatment for chronic anemia to decrease the burden of frequent blood transfusions and thus eliminate the complications associated with the disease and its management as well as costs associated with red blood cell transfusions and chelation therapy. We believe that PTG-300 may be able to restore iron homeostasis in the bone marrow as well as reduce excess circulating iron, improving anemia and thereby reducing or eliminating the need for red blood cell transfusions and related chelation treatments.

Beta-thalassemia is most prevalent in people of Mediterranean descent, such as Italians, Greeks or Turks, and is also found in people from the Arabian Peninsula, Iran, Africa, Southeast Asia and southern China. Globally, the prevalence of beta-thalassemia was estimated to be approximately 300,000 patients in 2008, with at least 60,000 patients born each year with the disease, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. In 2018, Decision Resource Group (“DRG”) reported that while beta-thalassemia has a worldwide carrier rate of 1.5%, the disease is rare in the United States, Italy, Germany, United Kingdom, Spain, and France with a total diagnosed prevalence of 16,000 patients, approximately 85% of which are transfusion dependent, representing an estimated market opportunity of approximately $1.4 billion to $2.5 billion. The prevalence in the United States is low, with an estimated 3,000 patients and approximately 300 patients born each year with the disease. Most patients with beta-thalassemia suffer from anemia caused by hepcidin deficiency and a significant number are dependent on transfusions and chelating agents, which can cost between $50,000 to $70,000 per year in the United States.

6

Polycythemia vera (“PV”)

PV is a rare chronic disease caused by a hematopoietic stem cell mutation. PV is characterized by excessive erythropoiesis (production of blood cells). These excess blood cells can increase risk of serious problems such as blood clots, potentially leading to heart attack and stroke as well as more common symptoms including fatigue, headache, blurred vision, shortness of breath and an enlarged spleen. Over time PV may transform into myelofibrosis or leukemia. An important aspect of the mechanism of action of the hepcidin mimetic PTG-300 is to reduce serum iron, which is required to support the excessive erythropoiesis which occurs in PV, thereby potentially enabling PTG-300 to manage this excessive erythropoiesis and ultimately reduce the phlebotomy burden and thrombotic risk in these patients. In the United States, Italy, Germany, United Kingdom, Spain and France,  there are currently more than 150,000 diagnosed PV patients representing an estimated market opportunity of approximately $1.0 billion to $2.0 billion.

Hereditary hemochromatosis (“HH”)

HH is a blood disorder caused by genetic mutations that increase iron uptake from the diet and alter its distribution in the body, leading to iron buildup in the body’s tissues and organs, particularly in the skin, heart, liver, pancreas and joint tissues. Excess iron in these organs and tissues can be more potenttoxic and more amenableover time lead to cirrhosis, liver cancer, heart problems, joint pain and diabetes. Current treatments for HH, including periodic phlebotomy, can be a significant burden to patients. PTG-300 could potentially reduce the need for phlebotomy and offer a safer and better long-term solution to management of the disease. The genetic defects that cause most HH are present in approximately five to seven million patients in the United States and EU.

Myelodysplastic syndromes (“MDS”)

MDS are a group of disorders in which blood cells do not mature properly in the bone marrow. Symptoms can include fatigue, shortness of breath, excessive bleeding or frequent infections. There are approximately 19,000 transfusion dependent MDS patients in the United States, Italy, Germany, United Kingdom, Spain, and France. There are multiple MDS subpopulations, some of which are characterized by anemia, low hepcidin, and high serum iron and transferrin saturation. Significant unmet needs for these patients include reduction in or elimination of transfusions, prevention of disease progression to acute myelogenous leukemia and overall survival.

PTG‑300’s Clinical Development Program

PTG-300 has received orphan drug designation from the FDA and EU regulatory authorities, and Fast Track designation from the FDA for the treatment of beta-thalassemia. Fast Track designation is an expedited review to facilitate development of investigational drugs which treat a serious or life-threatening condition and fill an unmet medical need. In 2018, we successfully filed an IND for PTG-300 in the United States and related clinical trial applications outside the United States.

In the first quarter of 2019, we began dosing patients in a global Phase 2 study of PTG-300 in beta-thalassemia called TRANSCEND. The study is a single-arm, open label, MAD design that evaluates safety, POC and dose finding in adolescent and adult patients with anemia associated with NTD or TD beta-thalassemia. NTD patients receive 12 weeks treatment with PTG-300 in escalating dose cohorts. The primary efficacy endpoint in NTD patients is a  change in hemoglobin from baseline. TD patients receive 16 weeks treatment with PTG-300 in escalating dose cohorts. The primary efficacy endpoint in TD patients is a change in transfusion burden from baseline. The primary objectives of this study are to evaluate the safety, tolerability and preliminary efficacy of PTG-300 and identify an appropriate starting dose and titration regimen for registration studies.

Previously, we reported preliminary results from the Phase 2 study. Dose-related drug exposure reductions from baseline TSAT and serum iron levels were observed (Figure 2), with significant reductions at the 40 mg and 80 mg weekly doses and significant and sustained reductions at the 40 mg twice weekly doses.

7

Figure 2: PTG-300 Reduces TSAT and Serum Iron Levels – TD Beta-thalassemia Patients and Normal Human Volunteers (“NHV”)

Picture 8

Picture 3

The dose-related pharmacodynamic responses in TSAT and serum iron levels observed in this preliminary analysis provide the first evidence of the effects of PTG-300 in patients with beta-thalassemia. These early results suggest the potential of finding an appropriate dose of PTG-300 for continued development in the treatment of beta-thalassemia. While we have observed clinical responders in the study based on the pre-specified criteria of reductions in transfusion burden, continued evaluation at higher doses will be required to evaluate the rate and durability of these

8

effects in order to reach definitive conclusions. We will continue further study with additional dose regimens and longer follow-up and expect to report topline results in 2020.

PTG-300 was well-tolerated and systemic adverse events were mild to moderate in severity and were typical of patients with beta-thalassemia. These events were not dose-related and did not prevent dose escalation. There was one serious drug-related adverse event of vomiting and confusion, and the most frequent treatment emergent adverse event observed was injection site erythema in 5 out of 39 patients (12.8%). 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we initiated a Phase 2 study of PTG-300 in PV designed to evaluate safety and preliminary efficacy in patients requiring phlebotomy. The Phase 2 study in PV is expected to enroll approximately 30 patients and consists of a 16-week open-label dose finding stage every 4 weeks from 10 mg to 80 mg and a 12-week maintenance period at doses which generate desired hematocrit levels, followed by a 12-week randomized and blinded withdrawal stage. The study has an open-label extension for up to one year to monitor long term safety and benefits of the drug. The endpoints of this clinical POC study include measurement of blood parameters (hematocrit and hemoglobin levels), reductions or less frequent subcutaneous delivery compareddelay in phlebotomy requirements, and improvements in quality-of-life symptoms. 

In January 2020, we initiated a Phase 2 study of PTG-300 in HH. This study is an open label, multicenter study designed to hepcidin. evaluate the effects of PTG-300 in approximately 30 adult patients over 24 weeks of treatment. Guidelines for HH focus on controlling TSAT and ferritin to prevent long-term complications. Given the TSAT reductions from PTG-300 observed to date in both healthy volunteers and beta-thalassemia patients, as well as regulation of organ iron content in a mouse model of HH, we believe that a significant reduction in phlebotomy may be possible with PTG-300. The endpoints of this POC study include change in TSAT and serum iron levels, reductions in phlebotomy requirements and an assessment of participant-reported outcomes.

We planexpect to complete IND-enabling studies by the endinitiate an IST of PTG-300 in MDS in the first half of 2020.

Assuming PTG-300 shows clinical efficacy in one or more of the above indications, we intend to select our first indication in 2020 for a potential pivotal study to begin in 2021.

OVERVIEW OF INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE

IBD is a group of chronic autoimmune and inflammatory conditions of the colon and small intestine, consisting primarily of UC and CD. In UC, inflammation may be limited to part of the colon or extend through its entirety. UC is primarily characterized by ulceration of the intestinal surface, accompanied by rectal bleeding and frequent, urgent bowel movements. CD occurs anywhere along the GI tract, commonly affecting the small intestine and the proximal large intestine. CD complications may include strictures and fistula, which penetrate all layers of the intestine. UC is usually diagnosed earlier than CD due to bleeding symptoms. Patients with CD may initially present with abdominal pain, fatigue and anorexia, which can be misdiagnosed. Both diseases’ peak diagnosis years are in young adulthood and are found about equally in both males and females. Management is lifelong and affects school attendance, graduation rates, childbearing and work productivity. IBD prevalence is increasing worldwide and is correlated with the adoption of western diets and lifestyle, as well as genetic factors (5 to 20% of affected patients have a first degree relative with the disease).

Market Overview

According to the Crohn’s & Colitis Foundation of America, there are more than 1.6 million IBD patients in the United States alone, an increase of approximately 200,000 patients since 2011. As many as 70,000 new cases of IBD are diagnosed in the United States each year, and there may be as many as 80,000 children in the United States with IBD. GlobalData estimates that the UC market was approximately $5.3 billion across seven major markets: United States, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, United Kingdom and Japan. This is expected to increase at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 2.5% to $6.8 billion by 2026. In 2017, GlobalData estimated that the CD market reached approximately $9.6 billion across those same seven major markets and completeis expected to grow approximately 3.7% per year to $13.8 billion by 2026.

9

Johnson & Johnson global sales of Stelara® (approved for psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, moderate-to-severe CD and UC) exceeded $5.0 billion in 2018. Takeda Pharmaceuticals sales of Entyvio® for IBD reached approximately $3.0 billion in 2019.

Current Standard of Care in IBD

In recent years, treatment of IBD has evolved from a Phase 1focus on successful symptom management to an emphasis on modifying the underlying disease to achieve long-term remission. While available treatments exist for moderate-to-severe IBD, there continues to be a significant medical need for novel, efficacious, safe and convenient treatments. New technologies and outcome measures have been developed to improve staging definitions and assessments of treatment benefit. Nonetheless, halting or reversing IBD progression has not yet been achieved with any single agent therapy, and attaining and maintaining long-term remission in most patients remains a significant unmet medical need. Across therapeutic classes, 15% to 31% rates of clinical trial that will evaluate safety/ tolerability, pharmacokineticsremission represent the current ceiling in patients with moderate-to-severely active disease.

Biosimilar infliximab and pharmacodynamic proof-of-conceptother tumor necrosis factor (“TNF”) inhibitors are the first line standard of care in moderate-to-severe IBD. Anti-TNFs bind to and neutralize a central pro-inflammatory cytokine in the gut via systemic immunosuppression. As a result, they can be associated with infection and malignancy risk. Although the magnitude of these risks is relatively low, they are significant for the young IBD population who must continue on lifelong treatment. In addition, more than 10% of patients treated with anti-TNF agents lose response with each year of treatment. In 2014, a novel anti-trafficking mechanism launched with vedolizumab (Entyvio®), which blocks migration of leukocytes into the gut via α4β7 integrins. This mechanism remains the only true “gut selective” approach in the IBD market today, although formulation technologies can limit systemic exposure from orally delivered agents. Entyvio® has shown an excellent safety profile, although it requires intravenous administration. Entyvio® was followed by the endlaunch of 2017.ustekinumab (Stelara®) in CD in 2016, which blocks inflammation produced through the Interleukin 12 (“IL-12”) and Interleukin 23 (“IL-23”) pathways, and tofacitinib (Xeljanz®), an orally delivered pan-Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitor approved in UC.

Additional Product Candidates.A head-to-head trial called VARSITY comparing the long-term safety and efficacy of an anti-integrin and anti-TNFs has been completed. Entyvio® demonstrated superior rates of clinical remission and endoscopic improvement compared with Humira, the market leader in the TNF inhibitor class. The first formal combination trials in IBD were initiated in the last year, adding new mechanisms such as integrin inhibitors or IL-23 inhibitors to anti-TNFs. Most IBD experts now believe that combining treatment classes with additive or synergistic mechanisms of action will be required to attain the disease-modifying effects and lasting remissions in a larger group of patients documented in other areas of immunology, such as psoriasis or rheumatoid arthritis.

We are currently researchingbelieve the development of new, potent and targeted orally delivered therapies for IBD may offer safer and more effective treatment options, alone or in combination, for moderate-to-severe IBD patients. In addition, many clinicians continue to advocate for earlier introduction of targeted therapeutics in mild-to-moderate IBD in order to prevent disease progression and irreversible gastrointestinal damage. Our orally delivered, GI-restricted, peptide drugs PTG-200 and PN-943 work on the same specific validated targets as FDA-approved injectable antibodies and have the potential oralto offer improved safety and injectable peptide-basedcompliance and to minimize the risk of immunogenicity associated with antibodies. We believe that our product candidates, for a range of conditionsif approved, have the potential to be used more broadly, including but not restricted to GI diseases.

The Evolution of Antibody Drugs for Targeted Therapy and Their Limitations

Before the FDA approval of antibody drugs, chemically synthesized oral small molecules were the standard-of-care for the treatment of many diseases. However, small molecules are not capable of blocking most PPIs that underpin cellular processes frequently involved in numerous diseases. It is estimated that small molecules cannot be developed as drugs for the treatment of up to 80% of all identified potential disease targets. With the availability of antibody drugs, targeted therapy for many PPI-driven diseases became feasible.

In 2015, six of the top ten selling U.S. drugs were antibody drugs. In 2013, all approved antibody drugs together generated approximately $75 billion in sales. More than 30 antibody drugs have now been approved by the FDA, including the IBD targeted therapy drugs Humira®, Remicade®, and Entyvio®.

Despite their growing use, antibody drugs present several limitations for patients including, but not limited to, the following:

Injections or infusions are associated with significant patient burden. Antibody drugs are large proteins that are not stable in the GI tissue compartment. As a consequence, antibody based therapies are administered primarily by injection or infusion into systemic circulation. Injections or infusions as a mode of delivery can increase patient burden, including site reactions and systemic hypersensitivity, inconvenience, and needle anxiety and phobia, each of which may negatively affect patient compliance.

Index to Financial Statements
Antibody drugs may have significant safety issues. Antibody drugs are typically administered at high concentrations in order to attain appropriate therapeutic levels at distal sites of a disease. High systemic exposure of immunomodulatory agents can increase the risks of use for patients:

Elevated risk of serious or opportunistic infection, malignancy and severe hypersensitivity events. Many antibody drugs are immunosuppressive, which may lead to increased risk of serious or opportunistic infection, such as tuberculosis, histoplasmosis and hepatitis B, or malignancy. Further, injection or infusion may increase the risk of severe hypersensitivity reactions including anaphylaxis.

Long half-life resulting in delayed clearance from the bloodstream. Antibody drugs are large molecules engineered to have long half-lives and to circulate in the bloodstream for extended periods of time. This longevity can be potentially problematic for patients who experience adverse reactions and cannot readily eliminate the drug from their systems.

Immunogenicity reactions can lead to loss of response or possible safety risks. Antibody drugs may induce natural immunogenic responses from the body including the introduction of anti-drug antibodies (“ADAs”). These ADAs can neutralize the action of the therapeutic antibody either by enhancing its clearance or blocking its function, either of which can result in loss of therapeutic response. ADAs can cause immunogenic reactions in patients leading to possible adverse events, frequently necessitating drug withdrawal.

Antibody drugs are expensive. Compared to other classes of therapeutics, the complexity and size of antibody drugs can result in high manufacturing, storage and administration costs. To date, these costs have not been significantly reduced through the introduction of biosimilar drugs.

Our Solution for IBD: Oral, GI-Restricted Peptidesmild-to-moderate IBD.

Our novel peptide therapeutics platform may provide important benefits over existing non-targeted small molecule, injectable antibody, and conventional peptide therapeutics. In addition, our platform represents a major step forward in the evolution of peptidesIBD Solution: Orally Delivered, GI-Restricted Peptides as therapeutics. Most of the more than 60 currently FDA approved peptides have unstructured shapes, leading to chemical and biological stability limitations, which confine their use to injectable drugs. In contrast, our peptide technology platform allows us to identify constrained peptides that can serve as a starting point for discovery and development of oral, selective, and potent peptides. The well-folded conformation in our constrained peptides is typically derived by disulfide bonds, a structural feature inherent in many naturally occurring peptides. Targeted Therapies

For the IBD targets of interest, the size and nature of our peptides isare carefully selected and modified so as to acquire the desired potency and specificity, and also to largely restrict their presence to the GI tissue compartment when administered orally. These features translate to oral,orally delivered, GI-restricted, selective and potent peptide drug candidates with specific advantages compared to antibody drugs:

·

Oral administration. We are developing our peptide therapeutics in a convenient capsule or tablet form intended for oral administration. We believe oral administration may reduce many of the problems and

10

limitations associated with injections or infusions, including injection site pain and local reactions, inconvenience, anxiety, high rates of immunogenicity and potential safety risks.

·

Potential for improved safety and tolerability compared to antibody drugs.drugs.

·

Oral and GI-restricted delivery minimizes systemic exposure in the blood. Oral and GI-restricted delivery results in lower drug levels in the blood that may provide the potential for an enhanced safety profile over antibody drugs.

·

Peptides can be cleared more quickly from systemic circulation. Small molecules and peptides below a size threshold can be rapidly cleared from blood circulation by kidney filtration and excretion. Rapid clearance may be beneficial especially if patients need to discontinue therapy. In contrast, antibody drugs, because of their long plasma half-life, may take months to clear from blood circulation, leaving patients exposed to continued or increased safety risk.

Index to Financial Statements

·

The likelihood of much lower immunogenicity of small stable peptides compared to antibody drugs reduces the risk of loss of response. We believe that ADAsanti-drug antibodies are less likely to be elicited against constrained peptides, due to their small size, lack of epitope density, resistance to proteolysis, oral tolerance, and minimal systemic absorption.

·

Potential for localized delivery to site of disease. We believe oral dosing of GI-restricted peptides results in substantially higher drug concentrations in the diseased GI tissue compartment compared to injectable antibody drugs. This targeted delivery to the site of action may lead to more immediate and significant target engagement at the site of active disease in the GI tissue compartment.compartment with the potential for improved efficacy. 

·

Cost-effective and less complex manufacturing. Because of their size and stability, we believe that our oral,orally delivered, GI-restricted peptide product candidates can be produced, stored and shipped in a more cost-effective manner than many antibody drugs.

In chronic GI diseases such as IBD, we believe that our oral,orally delivered, GI-restricted peptide product candidates may offer improved delivery, the potential for improved safety and tolerability, and cost efficiencies that may provide an overall benefit to patients, payers,payors, and physicians.

Overview of Inflammatory Bowel DiseasePTG‑200: AN ORALLY DELIVERED IL‑23R ANTAGONIST

Inflammatory bowel disease is a group of chronic autoimmune and inflammatory conditions of the colon and small intestine, consisting primarily of UC and CD, and characterized by abdominal pain, diarrhea, weight loss, fatigue and anemia. In UC, inflammation starts in the rectum and generally extends proximally in a continuous manner through the entire colon. In CD, the disease most commonly affects the small intestine and the proximal large intestine. Both UC and CD have periods of various intensity and severity, and when a patient is symptomatic, the disease is considered to be in

PTG-200, an  active or flare stage. Approximately 25% of UC cases occur in persons before the age of 20. Furthermore, pediatric IBD is considered an orphan indication.

Market Overview

According to the Crohn’s & Colitis Foundation of America, there were an estimated 1.6 million IBD patients in the United States in 2013, an increase of approximately 200,000 patients since 2011. As many as 70,000 new cases of IBD are diagnosed in the United States each year. As of 2008, annual direct treatment costs for patients with IBD in the United States were estimated to exceed $6.3 billion, while indirect costs such as missed work days were estimated to cost an additional $5.5 billion. In 2012, GlobalData estimated that the UC market reached approximately $4.2 billion and the CD market reached approximately $3.2 billion, in each case across ten major markets: the United States, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom, Japan, Canada, China, and India. According to Global Data estimates, these markets are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 5% over the ten years from 2012 to 2022.

History of IBD Treatments

Non-Targeted Therapies

Sulfasalazine was discovered as the first non-targeted therapy for treatment of UC. Non-targeted therapies continued to evolve, including the introduction of corticosteroids for treatment of moderate UC in the 1950s. Subsequently, the immunosuppressive drug mercaptopurine was identified for UC in the 1960s, azathiopurine was developed in the 1970s, followed by 5-aminosalicylic acid. While these oral, non-targeted broad-spectrum anti-inflammatory agents and non-specific immunomodulators continue to be part of the IBD treatment paradigm, especially in mild-to-moderate IBD, these drugs are often ineffective, and corticosteroid and oral immunosuppressive drugs may have significant and disabling adverse effects that limit their use.

Index to Financial Statements

TNF-aanda4b7Integrin Targeted Antibody Drugs

Recent advances in molecular biology and genomics ushered in the development of the potent and highly targeted biologic drugs. TNF-a was identified as a cytokine, a protein involved in cell signaling, that plays an important role in the inflammatory processes associated with IBD. In developing therapies against TNF-a, small molecule antagonists that directly bind TNF-a and other PPI targets have yet to be discovered and approved as therapeuticsorally delivered, gut-restricted IL‑23R specific antagonist for the treatment of IBD. Thus, monoclonal antibody drugs emerged as a new class of therapeutics that can inhibit TNF-a activiy. There are currently five TNF-a antibody drugs (Humira®, Remicade®, Cimzia®, Simponi® and Inflectra® (infliximab biosimilar)) approved for the treatment of UC and/or CD. In 2014, Entyvio®, an intravenously administered antibody that selectively targets thea4b7 integrin, was approved for the treatment of adult patients with moderate-to-severe UC or CD where one or more standard therapies have not resulted in an adequate response. Entyvio® sales were approximately $530 million in 2015 and are projected to peak at approximately $2 billion.

While antibody drugs have greatly improved the treatment of IBD, they generally serve as the last-line of treatment before surgery due to their potential for severe adverse effects, diminishing efficacy over time, inherent limitations as injectable-based therapies, and high costs of therapy.

The Evolving IBD Treatment Paradigm

Inducing and maintaining clinical remission is the primary goal of treatment for IBD patients. The current treatment paradigm for IBD is considered a “step-up” approach. It involves a sequential “step-up” in treatment to more potent but higher risk therapies according to the level of severity of the patient’s disease. Thus, targeted biologic therapies are generally reserved for patients with moderate-to-severe disease who have failed to respond to non-targeted oral therapies including 5-ASA agents, corticosteroids and non-specific immunomodulators. As a result, only a portion of IBD patients currently receive a targeted antibody therapy.

For moderate-to-severe IBD patients, physicians may prescribe TNF-a antibody drugs (e.g. Remicade® or Humira®) or Entyvio®, an antibody drug inhibitinga4b7 integrin, to induce and maintain clinical remission. Patients who are transitioned to these targeted antibody drugs may fail to respond to treatment or lose response to some or all of these agents over time and may ultimately require surgery. Approximately 50% to 73% of CD and 65% of UC patients fail to reach remission with TNF-a antibodies. Furthermore, 30% to 40% of UC patients and approximately 40% of CD patients treated with TNF-a antibody drugs stop responding to these agents over time (secondary non-responders) at a rate of approximately 10% to 13% per year. Of the CD patients who initially benefit from TNF-a antibody drugs, 25% to 40% of these patients develop intolerable or serious adverse events or lose their response within the first year of therapy. Currently, a common approach for IBD patients with lack of efficacy or loss of response to TNF-a antibody drugs is to switch such patients to other TNF-a antibody drugs. Although this is initially successful in 40% to 60% of patients, there remains a lack of treatment options for patients who lose responses to multiple TNF-a antibody drugs. Further, patient non-adherence with TNF-a antibody drugs in IBD has been reported to be between approximately 30% to 45% resulting in a greater need for hospitalization.

The development of new, potent and targeted therapies for IBD with oral delivery may potentially offer more effective treatment options for moderate-to-severe IBD patients. Furthermore, many clinicians are already advocating for an earlier introduction of targeted therapeutics in IBD to reduce, replace or delay the use of corticosteroids and non-specific oral immunomodulators. This treatment approach is often referred to as a “top-down” approach as therapeutics that are currently at the top of the “step-up” pyramid are moved down to earlier in the treatment paradigm (see Figure 1). We believe we are well-positioned to be leaders in this shift from “step-up” to “top-down” therapy. Our oral, GI-restricted, and targeted peptide drugs work on the same specific targets as injectable antibody drugs and have the potential to offer improved patient safety, improved compliance and convenience and reduced immunogenicity as compared to antibody drugs. In addition, key opinion leaders are increasingly viewing thea4b7 integrin antagonist Entyvio® as a preferable alternative to TNF-a blockers for the

Index to Financial Statements

treatment of IBD due to its improved safety profile. Taken together, we believe that these trends may result in our product candidates, if approved, being used more broadly than antibody drugs in moderate-to-severe IBD patients and potentially being used for the treatment of mild-to-moderate disease.

Figure 1: Transforming the Existing IBD Treatment Paradigm with Oral Targeted Therapy Drugs

PTG-100: AN ORALa4b7INTEGRIN ANTAGONIST

PTG-100 was discovered through our peptide technology platformplatform. Interleukin‑23 (“IL-23”), a member of the IL‑12 family of pro-inflammatory cytokines, is a protein that regulates inflammatory and is being developed asimmune function and plays a potential first-in-class oral, GI-restricteda4b7 integrin-specific antagonist initially for patients with moderate-to-severe UC.

Mechanism of Action

Integrins, such asa4b7, are transmembrane proteins that regulate cellular movement into extravascular tissue and play an importantkey role in modulating the inflammatory reaction in the gut. Thea4b7 integrin is expressed on the surface of T cells, immune cells that help defend against foreign and potentially harmful substances that enter the body. The development of UC is driven by the migration ofa4b7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment and their subsequent activation within the GI tissue compartment. The entry ofa4b7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment is facilitated by the PPI between thea4b7 integrin and its corresponding ligand, MAdCAM-1, which is primarily expressed in the GI tissue compartment. Hence, the binding ofa4b7 to MAdCAM-1 can be categorized as a GI-specific interaction and has been identified as an IBD-specific targeted therapeutic approach.IBD. By blocking the binding ofa4b7 integrin to MAdCAM-1, PTG-100 may prevent T cells from entering the GI tissue compartment, thereby reducing inflammation that leads to the clinical manifestations of UC.

a4b7 for IBD is targeted by FDA-approved Entyvio® (vedolizumab), which has demonstrated safety and efficacy in patientsIL‑23R with moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Since PTG-100 targets the same biological pathway as Entyvio®, we can utilize similar PD-based POC as early as in our pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 clinical trial to inform and guide our Phase 2b development program. We sourced these PD biomarker assays from public scientific publications and do not maintain any contractual arrangement providing access to this information with the makers of these marketed products.

Translating PTG-100’s Pre-Clinical POC to Clinical POC

We have established a potentially efficacious dose range of PTG-100 in mice by demonstrating similar pharmacologic activity between oral PTG-100 and an injectablea4b7 antibody in mouse models of IBD. From this

Index to Financial Statements

efficacious dose range in mice, approximately 6-50 mg/kg per day, we are able to directly estimate a potentially efficacious dose range in humans through allometric scaling based on whole body surface areas, which we determined to be approximately 33-300 mg per day.

Concurrently, we employed a complementary approach for establishing a potentially efficacious human dose range and early POC through specific blood PD response markers that reflecta4b7 integrin target engagement of PTG-100PTG‑200 in the GI tissue compartment, we hope to improve disease symptoms and correlated those PD measurements with efficacy responses in mouse colitis models. Target engagement is a critical feature for demonstrating that PTG-100 can reach its intended target, thus inhibitingreduce bowel wall damage while potentially minimizing the traffickingrisk of T cells into the GI tissue compartment. Our PD markers were monitored in mice and cynomolgus monkeys (“cyno”), which were similarly evaluated in normal healthy volunteers in our Phase 1 clinical trial. These blood PD responses demonstrated that PTG-100 engaged its intendeda4b7 target and helped guide human dosing for our Phase 2b clinical trial.

PTG-100’s Pre-Clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

Pre-clinical studies have demonstrated that PTG-100 is a potent and highly selectivea4b7 antagonist with minimal systemic absorption. Mouse colitis models have further demonstrated that PTG-100 can inhibit T cell trafficking in the gut similarside effects due to the actions of the mousea4b7 antagonist antibody.

PTG-100 potently inhibited binding ofa4b7 to MAdCAM-1 in several human biochemical enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (“ELISA”) and cell adhesion (transformed and primary cells) assays in a low nanomolar concentration range sufficient to inhibit 50% of binding (“IC50”) comparable to vedolizumab. PTG-100 exhibited greater than a 100,000-fold selectivity against other structurally similar integrins,a4b1 andaLb2, in cell adhesion assays which is comparable to the selectivity of vedolizumab. PTG-100 was stable inin vitro assays simulating the GI tissue compartment, such as the small intestine and gastric stomach, with half-lives exceeding 12 hours and in human liver microsomes suggesting strong oral stability and the potential for once daily dosing in humans. PTG-100 did not affect the growth of and was not metabolized by common members of the human intestinal microflora. In total, these drug properties provide evidence to characterize PTG-100 as a potential first-in-class orally stablea4b7-specific antagonist. Furthermore, these drug properties allowed us to demonstrate proof-of-concept in animal colitis studies.

Non-clinical metabolism and PK studies demonstrated that much greater amounts of PTG-100 as measured by the maximum concentration (“Cmax”) as a percentage of total drug amount dosed orally, were present in the GI compartments, such as the small intestine, colon and feces compared to the systemic plasma and urine compartments of mice, rats, and cyno, thus confirming its GI-restricted properties. Further, PTG-100 has an oral systemic bioavailability of less than 0.5%.nature.

We designed mouse colitis studies similar to those used for antibody drugs targeting this pathway to specifically monitor T cell trafficking to and from the GI tissue compartment (Figure 2). PTG-100 reduceda4b7 memory T cells migrating to the gut lymphoid tissues, including the mesenteric lymph nodes (“MLN”) and Peyer’s patches (“PP”), under inflammatory conditions in the GI tissue compartment. Another example of the ability of PTG-100 to inhibit T cell trafficking was demonstrated by the reduction in the number ofa4b7 cells in colon lesions in colitis mice. Furthermore, treatment benefit was demonstrated through blinded video endoscopy analysis for mucosal damage, and assessment of the incidence of bloody feces, which represent symptoms and measurements of UC in humans. In all studies in mouse models of colitis, the effects of oral PTG-100 were comparable to those of an injection of high doses of a positive controla4b7 antibody. This allows us to define the efficacious dose in mice with potential translation to the efficacious dose in humans.

Index to Financial Statements

Figure 2: PTG-100 Reduces Trafficking of Memory T Cells to MLN and Peyer’s Patches

Establishing Blood Pharmacodynamic Readouts of Target Engagement

We have used pre-clinical blood PD response markers that reflect target engagement in the GI tissue compartment and correlate with efficacy responses in mouse colitis studies to guide our dosing in human studies. Furthermore, we believe these pre-clinical blood PD responses, specifically receptor occupancy (“RO”) increases reflecting target engagement and receptor expression (“RE”) decreases reflecting subsequent pharmacologic activity, can be compared to the PD responses we observed in our Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers and ultimately can help to guide the dosing for evaluating clinical benefit in UC patients in the Phase 2b clinical trial. In the mouse colitis model, RO and RE were correlated within vivo efficacy that can be extrapolated to the blood RO and RE observed in healthy mice and cyno. These PD markers from mice and cyno have specifically demonstrated increases in RO that peak at approximately 4 hours following a single dose and multiple doses (Figure 3A), and decreases in RE after multiple doses in healthy mice (Figure 3B) and colitis mice. In translating the pre-clinical observations into a clinical setting, we are focused on evaluating dose- and time-dependent trends in RO and RE in our Phase 1 clinical trial that can be benchmarked to the animal data to give us greater confidence in progressing PTG-100 in clinical trials. Emphasis is placed on trends and not on absolute numbers owing to differences in GI transit times in different species and absence of absolute scaling methods from animals to humans for GI-restricted drugs.

Index to Financial Statements

Figure 3: (A) Percent Receptor Occupancy and (B) Receptor Expression ofa4b7on CD4+ Memory T Cells in Blood of Healthy Mice Dosed for 14 Days

PTG-100’s Non-GLP and GLP Safety Pharmacology and Toxicology Studies

To date, all toxicology and safety pharmacology studies have not identified any safety issues. Good Laboratory Practices (“GLP”) toxicology studies in rats and cyno over 42 days and 12 weeks of dosing showed that PTG-100 was well-tolerated at all dose levels with no dose-limiting toxicities. GLP are those procedural and operational requirements specified by FDA regulation to ensure the validity and reliability of nonclinical studies. No adverse effects were seen in either rat or cyno studies at all doses tested. Standard safety pharmacology and genotoxicity studies were similarly negative. We are currently conducting chronic GLP toxicology studies to support our anticipated Phase 3 program.

PTG-100’s Phase 1 Clinical Trial Overview

Following the submission and approval of a CTN, we initiated a Phase 1 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial of PTG-100 in 78 normal healthy male volunteers in Australia, which was completed in June 2016. The Phase 1 SAD and MAD components were conducted with a solution-based liquid formulation of PTG-100. In the formulation bridging component of the trial, we compared the relative bioavailability of the liquid formulation to the capsule formulation that is being used in Phase 2b. In addition to determining the safety and tolerability and PK of PTG-100, the SAD and MAD components of the trial evaluated PD-based POC through the assessment ofa4b7 receptor occupancy that indicates target engagement anda4b7 target expression on peripheral blood memory T cells similar to what was done in the pre-clinical studies.

Safety and Tolerability

In both the SAD and MAD portions of the clinical trial, dose escalation proceeded from 100 mg up to the planned 1,000 mg dose level. There were no dose-limiting toxicities. There were no deaths or serious adverse events (“SAEs”) reported in the trial. All reported adverse events were of mild to moderate severity. There were no dose-dependent increases observed for any adverse events. The most frequent adverse events reported by subjects on PTG-100 were headache and upper respiratory tract infection. These events were also observed in subjects who took placebo.

Pharmacokinetics

PTG-100 plasma levels increased in a dose-dependent manner in both single and multiple dosing cohorts. Consistent with the pre-clinical data in mice, rats, and cyno, the blood levels of PTG-100 were extremely low as

Index to Financial Statements

determined by the Area Under the Curve (AUC, which is a pharmacokinetic measurement of drug exposure in blood plasma against time) and Cmax (maximum concentration), thus demonstrating the GI-restricted nature of the drug. There was no apparent evidence of drug accumulation at Day 14 in the MAD cohorts perhaps related to the relatively short half-life (“T1/2”) in the blood.

PTG-100 fecal levels increased in a dose-dependent manner in the multiple dosing cohorts. Minimum drug levels of PTG-100 were observed in urine samples, as expected, based on its characteristics as a GI-restricted drug with minimal systemic exposure.

Establishing Pharmacodynamic POC in Humans

Data from our mouse colitis studies support our conclusion that blood receptor occupancy is a correlate of target engagement in the GI tissue compartment in the dose ranges studied. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, blood receptor occupancy on CD4+ memorya4b7+T cells increased in a dose-dependent and time-dependent manner. For receptor occupancy in the SAD cohorts, treatment groups were significant compared to placebo at 100 mg (p£0.05), 300 mg (p£0.005) and 1,000 mg (p£0.0001). In the MAD cohorts, treatment groups were significant compared to placebo at 100 mg (p<0.0005), 300 mg (p<0.0001) and 1,000 mg (p<0.0001) four hours post dose on Day 14.

An additional parameter of pharmacologic activity that we measured was the change ina4b7 expression on the blood memory T cells. Based onin vitro studies comparing vedolizumab and PTG-100, we expected thata4b7 expression would be reduced over time due to the internalization of thea4b7 receptor. Following single and multiple dose administration in the Phase 1 clinical trial, a dose-dependent and time-dependent reduction ina4b7 expression was observed, and it appears that the reduction in target expression may become saturated at 300 mg since a similar response was observed in the 1,000 mg cohort following both single and multiple dosing. Fora4b7, downregulation of expression was significant in treatment groups, compared to placebo at 300 mg and 1,000 mg (p£0.01).

The single dose 300 mg cohort was evaluated under fasted and fed (standard high fat diet) conditions. Blood drug levels and blood receptor occupancy of PTG-100 were compared under both conditions. Based on data from this SAD component and previous pre-clinical studies, the MAD component of the clinical trial was conducted under fed conditions.

Thus, we observed dose-dependent and time-dependent target engagement and pharmacologic activity of PTG-100 following single- and multiple-dose administration in healthy volunteers consistent with observations in the animal studies.

Formulation Change from Phase 1 Clinical Trial to Phase 2b Clinical Trial

We utilized a liquid formulation in the SAD and MAD components of the Phase 1 clinical trial. To support the use of a capsule formulation in the Phase 2b study, we compared the PK in a single dose cross-over evaluation of the liquid and capsule formulation in normal healthy volunteers and observed that the plasma exposure of the capsule formulation was lower than that of the liquid formulation at the same dose level. The PD effects were highly similar between the capsule and liquid formulations, despite the lower plasma exposure of the capsule formulation.

PTG-200: AN ORAL IL-23R ANTAGONIST

PTG-200 was discovered through our peptide technology platform and is being developed as a potential first-in-class oral, GI-restricted antagonist that binds to the IL-23R and specifically blocks its interaction with the IL-23 cytokine. PTG-200 will be initially studied in patients with moderate-to-severe CD potentially followed by UC and pediatric IBD.

Index to Financial Statements

Mechanism of Action and Rationale

IL-23 is a member of the IL-12IL‑12 family of cytokines with pro-inflammatory and autoimmune properties. Cytokines are cell signaling proteins that are released by cells and affect the behavior of other cells. Binding of the IL-23IL‑23 ligand to the IL-23RIL‑23R receptor leads to an expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines involved in the mucosal autocrine cascade that is an important pathway of many inflammatory diseases, including IBD. Furthermore, genetic analyses of IBD patients have implicated IL-23RIL‑23R mutations as a risk factor associated with susceptibility to IBD. The antagonist infused antibody drug ustekinumab (marketed as Stelara‑Stelara® for psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, and moderate-to-severe CD) is a p40 antagonist antibody that inhibits both the IL-23 and IL-12 pathways. Next-generation IBD antibody drugs, such as guselkumab, target the p19 subunit of the IL-23IL‑23 ligand and are specific to the IL-23 pathway, which is believed to be an important driver of local IBD pathology, while not blockading the IL-12IL‑12 pathway. IL-12IL‑12 is believed to be important in immune surveillance against the development of infections and malignancies.

11

We believe that the oral,orally delivered, GI-restricted nature of PTG-200 willmay allow PTG-200PTG‑200 to be a potent inhibitor of the IL-23IL‑23 pathway for the treatment of IBD. By targeting IL-23RIL‑23R with our orally delivered GI-restricted oral IL-23RIL‑23R antagonist PTG-200, we believe PTG-200 willPTG‑200 may restore proper immune function in the GI tissue compartment where there is active disease while minimizing the risk of systemic side effects. Several key cell types that reside in gut-associated lymphoid tissue (“GALT”), including T cells, innate lymphoid cells, and natural killer cells, increase their expression of IL-23R during the progression of IBD. Therefore, the high concentrations of PTG-200PTG‑200 in GALT will facilitate access and binding to IL-23RIL‑23R expressed in the same tissue.tissue with the potential for concomitant efficacy benefits.

PTG-200’s Pre-Clinical Proof-of-Concept StudiesPhase 1 Clinical Study

PTG-200 potently inhibited binding of IL-23 to the IL-23 receptor in several biochemical (ELISA) and cell (transformed and primary) signaling assays in a subnanomolar to low nanomolar concentration range sufficient to inhibit 50% of binding. PTG-200 exhibited greater than a 50,000-fold selectivity against other structurally similar receptors (IL-12Rb1 and IL-6R) thereby potentially reducing the risk of off target interactions. In total, these drug properties provide evidence to characterize PTG-200 as a potential first-in-class orally stable IL-23R-specific antagonist.

In PK studies in rats and cyno, PTG-200 was GI-restricted with less than 0.5% oral systemic bioavailability in plasma or urine and principal exposure in the small intestine, colon, and feces. Similar results were observed in cyno.

We have also completed pre-clinical POC studies in rat 2, 4, 6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) colitis models demonstrating that oral delivery of PTG-200 and other prototype antagonists significantly improved disease outcomes, such as reducing body weight loss, reducing the increased colon weight/length ratio, and reducing the increased colon macroscopic score which is comprised of assessments of colon adhesions, strictures, ulcers, and wall thickness in a dose dependent manner (Figure 4). Furthermore, PTG-200 was found to reduce the increased histopathology summary score, which is comprised of assessments of mucosal and transmural inflammation, gland loss, and erosion parameters. Finally, PTG-200 was able to reduce the expression of the pro-inflammatory IL-23 induced cytokines in the colon and the IBD disease biomarker lipocalin (LCN2) in the serum and feces (Figure 4).

Index to Financial Statements

Figure 4: PTG-200 Reduces Pathology in Rat TNBS-Induced Colitis

Index to Financial Statements

The efficacy of oral PTG-200 seen in this IBD model was comparable to that of a positive control antibody against the rat IL-23p19 subunit which was injected and therefore present in the systemic blood compartment. This allows us to define the efficacious dose range in rats (approximately 28-61 mg/kg per day) with potential translation to the efficacious dose in humans.

PTG-200’s Preliminary Pre-Clinical Safety Studies

In preliminary non-GLP toxicity studies in rats, PTG-200 was well-tolerated with no adverse events at the highest dose level tested. We have initiated 3 month GLP toxicology, safety pharmacology, genotoxicity, and current good manufacturing practice (“cGMP”) manufacturing studies in support of starting a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

Proposed Clinical Plans

We plan to complete IND-enabling studies and to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-200 in 2017 to evaluateAustralia during the fourth quarter of 2018. The Phase 1 study was a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, SAD and MAD-escalation trial in 80 normal healthy volunteers. The primary endpoint was safety tolerability, and PK. Following completiontolerability. Secondary endpoints included the identification of the maximally tolerated dose and the evaluation of pharmacokinetic parameters.

Results of the Phase 1 study demonstrated that administration of PTG-200 was well-tolerated. No serious adverse events or dose-limiting toxicities were observed. The pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic parameters were consistent with the GI-restricted design of PTG-200.

PTG-200’s Clinical Development Plan

We have a worldwide license and collaboration agreement with Janssen, to co-develop and co-detail PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds for all indications, including IBD. The agreement was amended in May 2019 to expand the collaboration by supporting efforts towards second-generation IL-23R antagonists, triggering a $25.0 million milestone payment to the Company. In January 2020, we announced the identification and nomination of an orally delivered, gut-restricted IL-23R antagonist peptide as a second-generation development candidate under our license and collaboration agreement with Janssen, advancing the collaboration and triggering a $5.0 million milestone payment to us. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Overview” and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. Janssen submitted an IND for PTG-200 in CD during the second quarter of 2019, which took effect in July 2019.

In collaboration with Janssen, we initiated a Phase 2 clinical trial, we plan to initiate astudy in CD called PRISM in the fourth quarter of 2019. The global, randomized, double-blind,double blind, placebo-controlled, Phase 2 POC clinical trialstudy is evaluating the efficacy of oral administration of PTG-200 in 90 patients with moderate-to-severe CD. The study will assess the effect of twice-daily dosing of PTG-200 on change from baseline in Crohn's Disease Activity Index score at week 12 as the primary endpoint. The study will also assess change from baseline in simple endoscopic score for CD rates of clinical response and remission, endoscopic response and remission, and patient-reported outcome-2 remission. Results from this Phase 2 study in CD are expected in 2021.

PTG-300:PN-943: AN INJECTABLE HEPCIDIN MIMETICORALLY DELIVERED α4β7 INTEGRIN ANTAGONIST

PTG-300PN-943, an orally delivered, gut-restricted α4β7 specific integrin antagonist, was discovered through our peptide technology platform and is being developed initially for patients with moderate-to-severe UC. α4β7 integrin is considered to be one of the most GI-specific biological targets for IBD due to its binding to MAdCAM-1, an extracellular protein that resides mostly in the GI vasculature. PN-943 shares the same α4β7 integrin target as the injectable antibody drug vedolizumab, marketed as Entyvio®, for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC and CD. We believe that we can leverage the development and regulatory path of Entyvio® and other approved antibody drugs for IBD to help inform the design of our clinical development studies.

Mechanism of Action and Rationale

Integrins, such as α4β7, are transmembrane proteins that regulate cellular movement into extravascular tissue and play an important role in modulating the inflammatory reaction in the gut. The α4β7 integrin is expressed on the surface of T cells, immune cells that help defend against foreign and potentially harmful substances that enter the body. The

12

development of UC is driven by the migration of α4β7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment and their subsequent activation within the GI tissue compartment. The entry of α4β7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment is facilitated by the protein-protein interactions (“PPI”) between the α4β7 integrin and its corresponding ligand, MAdCAM‑1, which is primarily expressed in the GI tissue compartment. Hence, the binding of α4β7 to MAdCAM‑1 can be categorized as a novel mimeticGI-specific interaction and has been identified as an IBD-specific targeted therapeutic approach. By blocking the binding of hepcidinα4β7 integrin to potentially treat iron overload disorders such asb-Thalassemia, HH and SCD, each of whichMAdCAM‑1, PN-943 may qualify for orphan designation. Hepcidin is a naturally-occurring hormone involved inprevent T cells from entering the transport and utilization of iron in the human body. Hepcidin has significant stability, potency, and solubility limitations. In order to effectively treat iron overload disorders in the body, we designed PTG-300 as a stable, soluble, hepcidin mimetic that can potentially be more potent and more amenable for weekly or less frequent subcutaneous delivery compared to hepcidin. We believe PTG-300 has the potential to improve disease symptoms and provide better safety byGI tissue compartment, thereby reducing the needinflammation that leads to the clinical manifestations and long-term implications of UC.

α4β7 for blood transfusionsIBD is targeted by the FDA-approved drug Entyvio®, which has demonstrated safety and chelator useefficacy inb patients with moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Since PN-943 targets the same biological pathway as Entyvio-Thalassemia® patients by treating both the underlying anemia and iron overload associated with the disease. We have achieved, we utilized similar PD-based POC in our pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 clinical trial to inform and guide our Phase 2 development program. We sourced these PD biomarker assays from public scientific publications and do not maintain any contractual arrangement providing access to this information with the makers of these marketed products.

PN-943 Pre-Clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

We have demonstratedcompleted extensive pre-clinical studies of PN-943 in which we established pharmacodynamic target engagement POC, including effects on receptor occupancy, T cell trafficking and mucosal healing in rodents and monkeys. Based on pre-clinical data, we believe that PTG-300 hasPN-943 may be a more potent α4β7 integrin antagonist compound than PTG-100 without sacrificing its other positive attributes, such as selectivity and tolerability. PTG-100 is our first generation α4β7 inhibitor that shares the potential for greater potency, stability, andin vivo efficacy compared to natural hepcidin.

Mechanism of Action

The molecularsame α4β7 integrin target of hepcidin is the cellular trans-membrane protein ferroportin, which functions as an export channel for intracellular iron in macrophages, liver hepatocytes, and duodenal enterocytes. Upon binding to the extracellular domain of ferroportin, hepcidin decreases the delivery of iron to the blood circulation neededEntyvio® for the productiontreatment of red blood cells.

Overview ofb-Thalassemiamoderate-to-severe UC and Current Therapies

b-Thalassemia is potentially our first clinical indication for PTG-300. Due to repeat transfusions and/ or increased absorption of iron, patients withb-Thalassemia frequently suffer from iron overload which can lead to significant morbidity and mortality. This iron overload is exacerbated in thoseb-Thalassemia patients who require chronic blood transfusions for survival. A hepcidin mimetic such as PTG-300 will potentially be able to correct the anemia caused by the genetic mutation underlyingb-Thalassemia, thus giving it a dual benefit of increasing the production of red blood cells, reducing excess circulating iron, and reducing splenomegaly.

Globally, prevalence ofb-Thalassemia is estimated to be approximately 200,000, with at least 60,000 patients born each year with the disease. In 2010, theb-Thalassemia market was estimated to be greater than $500 million, based largely on drugs consisting of chelating agents used to treat iron overload disorders. The

Index to Financial Statements

market is expected to grow to nearly $1 billion by 2018.b-Thalassemia has low prevalence in the Americas, with an estimated 2,750 patients and with approximately 300 patients born each year with the disease. Therefore,b-Thalassemia may qualify for FDA orphan designation.

PTG-300’s Pre-clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

InCD. We completed extensive pre-clinical studies of PTG-100 in which we demonstrated that PTG-300 can lower serum iron more effectively than hepcidinestablished pharmacological POC and maintain such lowered serum iron levels for at least 24 hours followingcompleted a single subcutaneous injection (Figure 5). We have also demonstrated that PTG-300 in a dose dependent manner can reduce serum iron in healthy mice, rats, and cyno.

Figure 5: PTG-300 is More Effective Than Hepcidin in Lowering Serum Iron in Healthy Mice

PTG-300 was also able to address the underlying anemia present in a mouse genetic model of b-Thalassemia, as shown most prominently by the significant increase in red blood cell number (RBC) and hemoglobin (HGB) with the corresponding decrease in reticulocyte content (Figure 6). As a consequence we also observed a significant reduction in the pathological increases in spleen weight (splenomegaly) by addressing the underlying ineffective erythropoiesis. Furthermore, PTG-300 was effective in reducing the increase in liver iron content. In contrast the oral iron chelator deferiprone (DFP) did not correct the anemia or the splenomegaly.

Index to Financial Statements

Figure 6: PTG-300 Addresses Ineffective Erythropoiesis in Mouseb-Thalassemia

Index to Financial Statements

PTG-300’s Development Program

PTG-300 is being manufactured and formulated to support completion of pre-clinical GLP toxicology, genotoxicity, and safety pharmacology studies, which will enable us to complete a single ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial in Australia in 2016.

PN-943’s Phase 1 Clinical Trial Overview

We completed a Phase 1 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial of PN-943 in normal healthy male volunteers in 2017. This study will evaluate safety/Australia in 2019. The Phase 1 SAD and MAD components were conducted with a solution-based liquid formulation. In addition to determining the safety and tolerability PK and pharmacokinetics of PN-943, the SAD and MAD components of the trial evaluated PD-based POC through the evaluationassessment of PTG-300’sα4β7 receptor occupancy and α4β7 target expression that indicate target engagement on peripheral blood memory T cells similar to what was done in the pre-clinical studies and in the Phase 1 trial with PTG-100. In the clinical trial, dose escalation proceeded from 100 mg up to 1,400 mg for the SAD portion and 1,000 mg for the MAD portion. 

We reported results of the SAD part of the study during the second quarter of 2019 and the MAD part of the study during the third quarter of 2019. The pharmacodynamic results of target engagement were supportive of the three-fold higher potency of PN-943 as compared to PTG-100 and saturation at 1000 mg (Figure 3). This is consistent with data from pre-clinical studies and confirmed by this Phase 1 pharmacodynamic data. We believe this links PN-943 to greater probability of success in a  Phase 2 trial based on signs of clinical efficacy of PTG-100 in the Phase 2 PROPEL trial in US patients. The administration of PN-943 was well-tolerated.

13

Figure 3: PN-943 vs. PTG-100: Dose Related and Saturable Effect on Blood % Receptor Occupancy (“RO”)

Picture 2

PN-943 Clinical Development Plan

We filed an IND for PN-943 that took effect on serum iron levels.in January 2020. We expect to initiate a Phase 2 POC study of PN-943 in UC in the second quarter of 2020.

OUR PEPTIDE TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM

Our proprietary technology platform is purposefully built to exploit the advantages of constrained peptides, which are smaller than antibody-based drugs and may be delivered orally but are big enough to bind and block the difficult targets that antibodies bind and modulate. The platform has been successfully applied to a diverse set of biological targets that has led to several pre-clinical and clinical-stageclinical stage peptide-based NCEs,new chemical entities, including our only clinical-stageclinical stage product candidate PTG-100, and our other product candidates, in pre-clinical studies PTG-200 and PTG-300, for a variety of clinical indications. Our platform is comprised of a series of tools and methods, including a combination of molecular design, phage display, oral stability assays, medicinal chemistry, biomarker, formulations, andin vivo pharmacology approaches. We apply this platform to the discovery and development of constrained peptides to develop new drug candidates.

The platform is used to develop potential drug candidates:candidates (agonists and antagonists): (i) using the structure of a target, when available, (ii) when no target structure exists, or (iii) from publicallypublicly disclosed peptide starting points. In a structure-based approach, our proprietary molecular design software and structural database of several thousand constrained peptides, termed VectrixTMVectrix™, are screened to identify suitable scaffolds. The scaffolds whichidentified form the basis of designing and constructing the first set of phage or chemical libraries. The initial hits are identified by either panning or screening such libraries, respectively. When structural information is unavailable for a target, hits are identified by panning a set of 34 proprietary cluster-based phage libraries consisting of millions of constrained peptides. Once the hits are identified, they are optimized using a set of peptide, peptide mimetic and medicinal chemistry techniques that include the incorporation of new or manipulation of existing cyclization-constraints, as well as natural or unnatural amino acids and chemical conjugation or acylation techniques. These techniques are applied to optimize potency, selectivity, stability, exposure and ultimately efficacy. For PTG-300, hit discovery and optimization relied exclusively on medicinal chemistry, with no phage display, to develop potent and selective injectable candidates with enhanced stability and exposure in blood. For injectable products, stability in blood is determined using in vitro assay techniques to identify chemical and biological sites of degradation, which are then optimized whilst maintaining potency and selectivity. Conjugation strategies are used to optimize the exposure of the injected peptide. For PN-943 and PTG‑200, phage display is tightly coupled to medicinal chemistry and oral stability techniques to develop potent,

14

selective and orally delivered molecules that are GI-restricted. Oral stability is profiled in a series ofin vitroandex vivo oral-stability assays that portray the chemical and metabolic barriers a peptide will encounter as it transits the GI tract are used to identifytract.  These metabolically labile spots in the peptides. Such sites form the focus of medicinal-chemistry based optimizationpeptides are optimized using medicinal chemistry-based approaches to engineer oral stability. Finally, variousstability whilst maintaining selectivity and potency. Various in vivo pharmacology tools are then used to quantify peptide exposure in relevant GI organs and tissues. TheThis data can then be used to optimize required GI exposure and ultimatelyin vivo efficacy.

The key foundations of the platform include:

Molecular design tools and large database of constrained scaffolds

Through advances in genomics, molecular biology and structural genomic initiatives there has been an explosion in the number of known structures of potential new drug targets, including PPI targets. In particular, constrained peptides have the required surface complexity to match or complement the large flat surfaces of PPI targets to provide potent and selective drug candidates. We believe existing commercial molecular design software is not suitable, as it has been developed to identify small molecules that plug cavities of enzymes and do not bind to PPI targets.

We have developed a database of all known structures of a sub-class of constrained peptides, known as disulfide-rich peptides (“DRPs”). We have collected approximately 4,500 DRP scaffolds that are found throughout nature, ranging from single cell organisms to humans. We have created a proprietary molecular design environment, called VectrixTM. A pattern matching algorithm within VectrixTM allows the selection of an appropriately stable DRP scaffold using the structure of the target of interest. This molecular design process is used to identify constrained peptides as starting points for hit discovery, which are ultimately optimized into potent, selective peptides against targets which are not amenable to small molecule drug discovery.

Phage display techniques and cluster libraries

Phage display may be used to discover the original hit based on VectrixTM-derived scaffolds, optimize existing hits, or to identify hits against those targets in which no structural information exists. For the latter

Index to Financial Statements

targets, a series of pre-existing phage libraries, termed cluster libraries, are used for hit discovery. This includes 20 proprietary libraries of structurally diverse DRPs that sample greater than 85% of their known structural diversity and 14 proprietary libraries that sample different protein loop geometries. Collectively these libraries provide immense potential for discovering hits at diverse targets as they are based on natural-DRP scaffolds with these characteristics.

Oral stability and in vitro and ex vivo assays

The GI tract provides a set of chemical and metabolic barriers that hinder the development of oral therapeutic agents. We have developed numerousin vitro andex vivo systems that profile peptide candidates for their stability features needed for oral delivery, GI restriction, and transit through the entire GI tract. This includes profiling for chemical stability, specifically pH and redox stability, and metabolic stability against proteases and other enzymes that are either of human or microbial origin.

Thesein vitro assays identify metabolic weak spots of peptides, which can then be stabilized by peptidic and peptidomimetic modifications without losing potency.

Medicinal peptide chemistry

We have significant expertise in optimizing potency, selectivity, oral stability and exposure of constrained peptides using a combination of peptide-cyclization, natural and unnatural amino acids, and various conjugation and acylation techniques. With respect to PTG-300, hit discovery and optimization relies exclusively on medicinal chemistry, with no phage display, to develop potent and selective injectable candidates with enhanced exposure in blood. For other targets, such as the discovery of PTG-100 and PTG-200, phage display is tightly coupled to medicinal chemistry and oral stability techniques to develop potent, selective and oral molecules that are GI-restricted.

In vivo pharmacology tools for GI restriction

When developing oral, GI-restricted constrained peptides, we correlate efficacy with potency and level of GI tissue compartment exposure. We have developed the required expertise and know-how to build PK and PD relationships to optimize physicochemical features of constrained peptides such that they are minimally absorbed and have the required degree of GI tissue compartment exposure over the required duration of time frame to achieve in vivoefficacy. This involves examining constrained peptide concentrationsis complemented by formulation studies to enhance GI exposure.  Finally, various biomarkers are also developed to correlate exposure with efficacy to guide candidate selection, dose selection and provide preliminary proof-of-concept of target engagement in various GI tissue compartments, blood, urine, and feces when delivered orally in rodents. In this fashion, we can understand the degree of tissue targeting, GI restriction and oral stability that is required to achieve efficacy.clinical trials.

Future Applications of our Platform

We believe we have built a versatile, well-validated and unique discovery platform. For example, this peptide technology platform has been used to develop product candidates for diverse target classes including G-protein-coupled receptors, (“GPCRs”), ion channels, transporters and cytokines for a variety of therapeutic areas. In the future we may tackle other GI diseases and expand our delivery techniques to include other organ/tissue systems, such as the lung and eye, which will provide potential opportunities to pursue a variety of diseases. In addition, the gut may communicate with the immune, central nervous, and endocrine systems, providing the potential of our GI-restricted approach to treat metabolic, cancer and cardiovascular diseases. Lastly, we intend to progress our platform to achieve systemic bioavailability with peptides, macrocyles and peptidomimetics, thereby enabling us to address systemic diseases.

Index to Financial Statements

Material Agreements

Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement

In May 2017, we and Janssen entered into an exclusive license and collaboration agreement for the clinical development, manufacture and potential commercialization of PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds worldwide for the treatment of CD and UC (the “Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement”). The Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement became effective on July 13, 2017 and was subsequently amended effective May 2019 (the “First Amendment”). The First Amendment expands the original collaboration by supporting efforts towards research and development of second-generation IL-23R antagonists. During the third quarter of 2017, we received a non-refundable, upfront cash payment of $50.0 million from Janssen. During the second quarter of 2019, we received a non-refundable cash payment of $25.0 million upon execution of the First Amendment. During the first quarter of 2020, we received a milestone payment of $5.0 million triggered by the identification and nomination of a second-generation development candidate. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis – Overview” and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S

In June 2012, we entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S (“Zealand”) to identify, optimize and develop novel DRPsdisulfide-rich peptides to discover a hepcidin mimetic. Under the terms of theWe amended this agreement Zealand made an upfront payment and also funded the collaboration.

In October 2013, Zealand decided to abandon the collaboration program and, pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we elected to assume theon February 28, 2014, at which point Protagonist assumed responsibility for the development program. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and commercialization of the product. Upon Zealand’s abandonment, Zealand assigned to us certain intellectual property arising from the collaborationAnalysis – Contractual Obligations and also granted us an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of Zealand that relateOther Commitments” and Note 6 to the products assumed by us. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, we owed Zealand a payment of $250,000. If we initiate a Phase 1 clinical trialConsolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for PTG-300, we will pay Zealand an additional $250,000. We have the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the products and, if we successfully develop and commercialize PTG-300 without a partner, we will pay to Zealand up to an additional aggregate of $128.5 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition, we will pay to Zealand a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product until the later of ten years from the first commercial sale of the product or the expiration of the last patent covering the product. Due to Zealand’s abandonment of the collaboration program and our assumption of the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product, the agreement has terminated other than with respect to our potential milestone payments and royalty to Zealand.

Letter Agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

In May 2013, in connection with our sale of Series B Stock, we entered into a letter agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (“JJDC”), as amended on April 19, 2016, pursuant to which we granted JJDC a right of first negotiation with respect to the consummation of any proposed sale, transfer, license, commercialization or distribution arrangement (each, a “Transaction”) of our inventions, developments, patents, patent applications, know-how or other proprietary rights or products controlled by us that are necessary for the research, development or commercialization of the PTG-100, PTG-200 and IL-13 programs (each, a “Program”) other than an acquisition, merger, consolidation, or sale of substantially all of our assets. The letter agreement does not apply with respect to the PTG-300 program. The term of JJDC’s right of first negotiation commenced in May 2014 and terminates, with respect to any Program, 60 days after our filing of an IND (or the foreign equivalent), with respect to each Program (such right of first negotiation period, the “ROFN Period”). On November 1, 2015, JJDC waived their right of first negotiation with respect to PTG-100. Neither we, nor JJDC, have an obligation to enter into a Transaction during the ROFN Period. We are not currently pursuing an IL-13 Program.

In the event that we receive a bona fide term sheet for a Program, we are obligated to notify JJDC of such offer (but not the terms thereof) and JJDC has a period of 30 days to notify us of exercise of its right to negotiate for a Transaction with JJDC. Following expiration of the ROFN Period with respect to any remaining Program, we are required to deliver to JJDC certain information relating to such Program, including pre-clinical results, manufacturing protocols and other information relevant to the evaluation of such Program, as determined by us. For a period of 60 days following delivery of such information (the “Exclusive Negotiation Period”), we are required to negotiate in good faith and exclusively with JJDC to enter into a Transaction with JJDC with respect to such Program and we are not permitted to enter into negotiations with any third party with respect to a Transaction involving such Program that would impair the ability of JJDC to exercise its rights under the letter agreement.

Finally, for a period of 180 days following expiration of an Exclusive Negotiation Period for a Program (the “Tail Period”), we are not permitted to enter into a Transaction with respect to such Program with a third party on terms that contain upfront payments and pre-launch milestones (valued on a risk-adjusted basis) that are inferior in total economic value to those that JJDC and its affiliates last offered to us, to the extent any such offer was previously made by JJDC or its affiliates to us.

Index to Financial Statements

JJDC’s right of first negotiation with respect to any Program that has not earlier expired or been waived by JJDC will terminate upon the sale, transfer or other disposition by us of all or substantially all of our assets, our consummation of a merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation, equity financing, or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons a majority or more of our outstanding voting stock (or the surviving or acquiring entity).information.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. While we believe that our product candidates, technology, knowledge and experience provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from established and emerging pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of chronic iron overload disorders such as beta-thalassemia will be luspatercept (Acceleron/Celgene-BMS) and mitapivat (Agios). Although gene therapy is potentially curative for

15

beta-thalassemia, we believe that Bluebird Bio’s LentiGlobin will have limited application due to safety risks associated with its required “pre-conditioning” regimen, which is similar to allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation is infrequently utilized in beta-thalassemia due to its risk benefit profile in a younger patient population. Luspatercept and LentiGlobin have been approved in the United States and Europe, respectively, for TD beta-thalassemia, and are in Phase 3 development for beta-thalassemia, and mitapivat is in Phase 2 studies for beta-thalassemia. An IND for Luspatercept has been filed in the United States for thalassemia and MDS.

There are currently no approved oralorally delivered peptide-baseda4b α4β7 integrins and IL-23 based product candidatesor IL‑23R products for IBD.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of IBD will come from companies with approvedinjectable agents in the following therapeutic classes, among others:

anti-integrin class that are or will be approved by 2028, including:

Infused a4ß7 antibody: Takeda Pharmaceutical Company

·

Takeda’s Vedolizumab (Entyvio®) IV and SC (IV approved, SC Phase 3);

·

Roche’s Etrolizumab SC (Phase 3); and

·

Shire’s SHP-647 SC (Phase 3; divested as part of the Takeda acquisition of Shire - buyer to be determined).

Infused IL-23In addition, orally delivered agents with novel mechanisms of action are approved or in development and IL-12 antibody: Johnson & Johnson

Injectable may be approved for UC and/or infused TNF-a antibody: AbbVie, Johnson & Johnson, Amgen, Pfizer, UCB S.A.

WeCD prior to the launch of PTG-200 and PN-943. These include JAK inhibitors, pan-JAK tofacitinib (Xeljanz) approved in UC and next-generation JAK1 inhibitors filgotinib and upadacitinib, as well as S1P inhibitors, ozanimod, amiselmod and etrasimod. The anti-IL-23 antibodies are also aware of several companies developing therapeutic product candidates fordemonstrating positive data in IBD. Our clinical asset PTG-200 will compete as the treatment of IBD, including, but not limited to AbbVie, Allergan, Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., AstraZeneca, Biogen, Boehringer Ingelheim (adalimumab biosimilar in Pre-Registration), Bristol-Myers Squibb, Celgene (mongersen sodium and ozanimod hydrochloride in Phase 3 clinical trials), Eli Lilly and Company, Galapagos, Gilead, Lycera Corp., Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation, Pfizer (tofacitinib citrate in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Roche/Genentech (etrolizumab in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Samsung Bioepis (adalimumab biosimilar in Pre-Registration), Sandoz (adalimumab biosimilar in Phase 3), Shire, and UCB S.A.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as ß-Thalassemia, HH and SCD, will come from other pipeline products being developed by companies such as Acceleron (luspatercept in a Phase 3 clinical trial), bluebird bio (LentiGlobin in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Bristol-Myers Squibb, Emmaus Medical (glutamine in pre-registration), Gilead, Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., La Jolla Pharmaceutical, and Novartis AG, among others. We believe competition will also include approved iron chelation therapies that have been developed by Novartis AG and Apotex, among others.only orally delivered IL-23R antagonist.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business, including seeking, maintaining, and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trade secrets relating to our proprietary technology platform and on know-how, and continuing technological innovation to develop, strengthen, and maintain our proprietary position in the field of peptide-based therapeutics that may be important for the development of our business. We will also take advantage of regulatory protection afforded through data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions where available.

Our commercial success may depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business; defend and enforce our patents; preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; and operate without infringing the valid enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to stop third parties from making,

Index to Financial Statements

using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our commercial products and methods of manufacturing the same. For more information, please see “Item 1A1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

We have twoown or co-own 16 issued U.S. patents, over 20 granted ex-U.S. patents, and numerous U.S. and ex-U.S. patent applications related to our lead product candidates, andclinical assets. We possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to the development and commercialization of peptide based therapeutic products. Our proprietary intellectual property, including patent and non-patent intellectual property, is generally directed to, for example, peptide-based therapeutic compositions, methods of using these peptide-based therapeutic compositions to treat or prevent disease, methods of manufacturing peptide-based therapeutic compositions, and other proprietary technologies and processes related to our lead product development candidates. As of February 10, 2017, our patent portfolio includes the following:

two issuedSpecific patents and approximately 44 patent applications that we exclusively own relatedare directed to compositions of αa44bβ7 integrin peptide antagonists;peptides, IL-23R antagonist peptides, and hepcidin and enkephalin mimetics peptides, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these peptides to treat inflammatory disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and other

approximately 13

16

major jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, Japan, and Europe. We expect our patents and patent applications, that we exclusively own relatedif issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to IL-23R antagonist peptides;

approximately 24expire from October 2033 to July 2039 (excluding possible patent applications that we exclusively own related to hepcidin analogues; and

term extensions).

other patent applications that we license or exclusively own related to our core technologies, including methods of peptide modification and characterization.

Our objective is to continue to expand our portfolio of patents and patent applications in order to protect our product candidatesclinical assets and related peptide-based drug technologies. Examples of the products and technology areas covered by our intellectual property portfolio are described below.

a4b7Integrin Antagonist Peptides

Thea4b7 integrin antagonist peptide patent portfolio includes one issued U.S. patent and pending patent applications directed to compositions ofa4b7 integrin peptide monomers and dimers cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these antagonist peptides to treat inflammatory disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, Japan, and Europe. Patent applications directed to PTG-100 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in October 2035 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to result in patents that would expire from October 2033 to March 2037 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

IL-23R Antagonist Peptides

The IL-23R antagonist peptide patent portfolio includes patent applications directed to compositions ofIL-23R antagonist peptides cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these antagonist peptides to treat inflammatory disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and internationally. Patent applications directed to PTG-200 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in July 2035 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patents and patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to expire from July 2035 to December 2036 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

Index to Financial Statements

Hepcidin Mimetics Analogues

The hepcidin peptide analogues patent portfolio includes patent applications directed to compositions of hepcidin peptide analogues cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these hepcidin peptide analogues to treat iron-related disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, Japan, and Europe. Patent applications directed to PTG-300 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in March 2034 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patents and patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to expire from March 2034 to December 2036 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

Other

We also license patents and patent applications directed to processes and methods related to our technology platform. These patents have issued in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia and EuropeEurope. Some licensed patents are expired, and others are expected to expire between September 2019 andbefore or by February 2023. Material aspects of our technology platform are protected by trade secrets and confidentiality agreements.

In addition to the above, we have established expertise and development capabilities focused in the areas of pre-clinical research and development, manufacturing and manufacturing process scale-up, quality control, quality assurance, regulatory affairs and clinical trial design and implementation. We believe that our focus and expertise will help us develop products based on our proprietary intellectual property.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the date of filing the non-provisional application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in granting a patent or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier-filed patent.

The term of a patent that covers an FDA approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration of a U.S. patent as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Moreover, a patent can only be extended once, and thus, if a single patent is applicable to multiple products, it can only be extended based on one product. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. When possible, depending upon the length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of a new drug application (“NDA”), we expect to apply for patent term extensions for patents covering our product candidates and their methods of use.

Trade Secrets

We rely on trade secrets to protect certain aspects of our technology, particularly in relation to our technology platform. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our

Index to Financial Statements

consultants, contractors or collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For more information, please see “Item 1A1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties for the manufacturing of all of our product candidates including PTG-100, PTG-200, and PTG-300, for pre-clinical and clinical studies and eventually for commercial supplies, and intend to continue to do so in the future. We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and we have no plans to build any owned clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. We believe that the use of contract manufacturing organization (“CMOs”) eliminates the need for us to directly invest in manufacturing facilities, equipment and additional staff. Although we rely on contract manufacturers,

17

our personnel and consultants have extensive manufacturing and quality control experience overseeing CMOs. We regularly consider second source or back-up manufacturers for both active pharmaceutical ingredient and drug product manufacturing. To date, our third-party manufacturers have met the manufacturing requirements for the product candidates in a timely manner.candidates. We expect third-party manufacturers to be capable of providing sufficientneeded quantities of our product candidates to meet anticipated full-scale commercial demands, but we have not assessed these capabilities beyond the supply of clinical materials to date. We currently engage CMOs on a “fee for services” basis based onfor our current development plans. We plan to identify CMOs and enter into longer term contracts or commitments as we move our product candidates into Phase 3 clinical trials. We believe there are alternate sources of manufacturing that have been and could be engaged and enabled to satisfy itsour clinical and commercial requirements, however we cannot guarantee that identifying and establishing alternative relationships with such sources will be successful, cost effective, or completed on a timely basis without significant delay in the development or commercialization of our product candidates.

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidates.

U.S. Government Regulation

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

·

completion of pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s GLP regulations;

·

submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

·

approval by an independent institutional review board (“IRB”) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

·

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (“GCP”) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

·

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

·

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

completion

18

·

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”) requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

·

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

Index to Financial Statements
approval by an independent institutional review board (“IRB”) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (“GCP”) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

submission to the FDA of an NDA;

satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Pre-clinical Studies

Pre-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the pre-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some pre-clinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND (or equivalent submission ex-US). In addition, an IRB or ethics committee (“EC”) at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

·

Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

·

Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

·

Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Index to Financial Statements

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB or EC can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

19

Marketing Approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the pre-clinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003 (“PREA”), as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

Index to Financial Statements

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or pre-clinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

20

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Fast Track Designation

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for the development and FDA review of drugs that are intended for the treatment of serious or life threatening diseases or conditions and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs. The purpose of these programs is to provide important new drugs to patients earlier than under standard FDA review procedures. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that the FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. To be eligible for a fast track designation, the FDA must determine, based on the request of a sponsor, that a product is intended to treat a serious or life threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address an unmet medical need. The FDA will determine that a product will fill an unmet medical need if it will provide a therapy where none exists or provide a therapy that may be potentially superior to existing therapy based on efficacy or safety factors. Fast track designation provides additional opportunities for interaction with the FDA’s review team and may allow for rolling review of NDA components before the completed application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the NDA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the NDA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the NDA. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. The FDA may decide to rescind the fast track designation if it determines that the qualifying criteria no longer apply.

Orphan Designation

The FDA may grant orphan designation to drugs or biologics intended to treat a rare disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, and there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and marketing the product for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting a NDA or Biologics License Application (“BLA”). After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product receives the first FDA approval for the indication for which it has orphan designation, the product is entitled to orphan exclusivity, which means the FDA may not approve any other application to market the same product for the same indication for a period of seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity or where the manufacturer with orphan exclusivity is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the approved orphan designated product. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same biological product as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If a drug or biological product designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity.

21

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling

Index to Financial Statements

claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual program user fee requirements for any marketed products, and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

·

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

·

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

·

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

·

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

·

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the cost of such products will be covered and adequately reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly limiting coverage and/or reducing reimbursements for medical products and services by challenging the prices and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. If these third-partythird-

22

party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

Index to Financial Statements

There is no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The coverage determination process can be a time-consuming and costly process that may require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained or applied consistently. Even if reimbursement is provided, market acceptance of our products may be adversely affected if the amount of payment for our products proves to be unprofitable for health care providers or less profitable than alternative treatments, or if administrative burdens make our products less desirable to use.

In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of our products candidates, once approved, and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the ACA, enacted in March 2010, has had and is expected to continue to have a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on certain companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. The ACA also increased the Medicaid rebate rate and expanded the rebate program to include Medicaid managed care organizations. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against health care fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the health care industry, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical manufacturers, and impose additional health policy reforms, any or all of which may affect our business. Since its enactment, there have been

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the current administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. For example, since January 2017, the President has signed two Executive Orders and there may be additional challengesother directives designed to delay, circumvent, or loosen certain requirements mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and amendmentsreplace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, two bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA were signed into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and the medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurance tax. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or the BBA, among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole”, and increase from 50% to 70% the point-of-sale discount that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in the Medicare Part D program. On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA inare invalid as well. It is unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the future. The ACA is likely to continuewill impact the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing,ACA and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.business.

Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011 resulted in aggregate reductions in Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year,

23

which went into effect in 2013 and, following passage of subsequent legislation, including the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015,BBA, will stay in effect through 20252029 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These newNew laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other health care funding.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the current administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. Further, the Trump administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products, and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has solicited feedback on some of these measures and, at the same, has implemented others under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage plans the option to use step therapy for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMS’s policy change that was effective January 1, 2019. While some measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current administration have both stated that they will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

It is uncertain whether and how future legislation, whether domestic or foreign, could affect prospects for our product candidates or what actions foreign, federal, state, or private payors for health care treatment and services may take in response to any such health care reform proposals or legislation. Adoption of price controls and other cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures reforms may prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates.

Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements

We will also be subject to health care regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we will conduct our business once our products are approved. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:to, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protects the

Index to Financial Statements

security and privacy of protected health information. Criminalinformation; the criminal health care fraud statutes under HIPAA also prohibits persons and entities from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; the federal health care programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal health care programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; federal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws that prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid; and the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human

24

Services information related to payments and other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.members and, beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report such information regarding payments and transfers of value provided, as well as ownership and investment interests held, during the previous year to physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives.

The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the aforementioned federal anti-kickback and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. We may be subject to state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. In addition, we may be subject to reporting requirements under state transparency laws, as well as state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts certain payments that may be made to health care providers and entities. In addition, certain states and local jurisdictions require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including significant administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, additional reporting requirements and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, exclusion of products from reimbursement under U.S. federal or state health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Government Regulation Outside of the United States

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of our products.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical study application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical studies.

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical studies are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Index to Financial Statements

The requirements for conducting clinical trials in Australia, where we anticipate conducting Phase 1 trials for PTG-200 and PTG-300, are as follows:

Conducting clinical trials for therapeutic drug candidates in Australia is subject to regulation by Australian governmental entities. Approval for inclusion in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods (“ARTG”) is required before a pharmaceutical drug product may be marketed in Australia.

Typically, the process of obtaining approval of a new therapeutic drug product for inclusion in the ARTG requires compilation of clinical trial data. Clinical trials conducted using “unapproved therapeutic goods” in Australia, being those which have not yet been evaluated by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (“TGA”) for quality, safety and efficacy must occur pursuant to either the CTN or Clinical Trial Exemption (“CTX”), process.

The CTN process broadly involves:Employees

 

completion of pre-clinical laboratory and animal testing;

submission to a Human Research Ethics Committee (“HREC”) of all material relating to the proposed clinical trial, including the trial protocol. The TGA does not review any data relating to the clinical trial;

final approval for the conduct of the clinical trial by the institution or organization at which the clinical trial will be conducted (“Approving Authority”), having due regard to the advice from the HREC; and

notification of the clinical trial to the TGA.

The CTX process broadly involves:

submission of an application to conduct a clinical trial to the TGA for evaluation and comment;

a sponsor cannot commence a CTX trial until written advice has been received from the TGA regarding the application and approval for the conduct of the trial has been obtained from an ethics committee and the institution at which the trial will be conducted; and

receipt of written advice from the TGA regarding the application.

receipt of approval for the conduct of the trial from an ethics committee and the institution at which the trial will be conducted.

In each case, it is required that:

adequate and well-controlled clinical trials demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of the therapeutic product;

evidence is compiled which demonstrates that the manufacture of the therapeutic drug product complies with the principles of cGMP;

manufacturing and clinical data is derived to submit to the Australian Committee on Prescription Medicines, which makes recommendations to the TGA as to whether or not to grant approval to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG; and

an ultimate decision is made by the TGA whether to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG.

Pre-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the therapeutic drug product as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the drug. The results of the pre-clinical studies form part of the materials submitted to the HREC in the case of a CTN trial and part of the application to the TGA in the case of a CTX trial.

Clinical trials involve administering the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified principal investigator. The TGA has developed guidelines for a CTN. Under the CTN process, all material relating to the proposed trial is submitted directly to the HREC of each institution at which the trial is to be conducted. An HREC is an independent review committee set up under guidelines of the

Index to Financial Statements

Australian National Health and Medical Research Council. The role of an HREC is to ensure the protection of rights, safety and wellbeing of human subjects involved in a clinical trial by, among other things, reviewing, approving and providing continuing review of trial protocols and amendments, and of the methods and material to be used in obtaining and documenting informed consent of the trial subjects. The TGA is formally notified by submission of a CTN application but does not review the safety of the drug or any aspect of the proposed clinical trial. The approving authority of each institution gives the final approval for the conduct of the clinical trial, having due regard to advice from the HREC. Following approval, responsibility for all aspects of the trial conducted under a CTN application remains with the HREC of each investigator’s institution.

The standards for clinical research in Australia are set by the TGA and the National Health and Medical Research Council, and compliance with GCP is mandatory. Guidelines, such as those promulgated by the International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (“ICH”), are required across all fields, including those related to pharmaceutical quality, nonclinical and clinical data requirements and study designs. The basic requirements for preclinical data to support a first-in-human study under ICH guidelines are applicable in Australia. Requirements related to adverse event reporting in Australia are similar to those required in other major jurisdictions.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016,2019, we had 3573 full-time employees, 2754 of whom were in research and development, of which 2three hold an M.D. and 1020 hold Ph.D. degrees. The remaining 819 employees worked in finance, business development, human resources and administrative support, of which 2three hold a Ph.D. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Corporate and Other Information

Protagonist Pty Limited (“Protagonist Australia”) was incorporated in Australia in September 2001. We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in 2006, under the name Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., and became the parent of Protagonist Australia pursuant to a transaction in which all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Protagonist

25

Australia was exchanged for shares of our common stock and Series A preferred stock. Our principal executive offices are located at 521 Cottonwood Drive,7707 Gateway Boulevard, Suite 100, Milpitas,140, Newark, California 95035.94560. Our telephone number is (408) 649-7370.(510) 474‑0170. Our website address is www.protagonist-inc.com. References to our website address do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on the website, and the information contained on the website is not part of this document.

We make available, free of charge on our corporate website, copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K,10‑K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q,10‑Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K,8‑K, Proxy Statements, and all amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act. We also show detail about stock trading by corporate insiders by providing access to SEC Forms 3, 4 and 5. This information may also be obtained from the SEC’s on-line database, which is located at www.sec.gov. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQNasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “PTGX.”

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) December 31, 2021, (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities, and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act).

26

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Investing in

Item 1A.Risk Factors

We have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on our common stock involves a high degreebusiness, financial condition or results of risk. Youoperations. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below together with the other information included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section of this report titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statementsbefore making an investment decision. Our business faces significant risks and the related notes. We cannot assure yourisks described below may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also significantly impair our business operations. If any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material and adverse impact onthese risks occur, our business, results of operations or financial condition and cash flows and future prospects and, if so, our future prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. If any of such events were to happen,could suffer, the tradingmarket price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Although weinvestment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Clinical Development

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with no approved products and no historical product revenue, which makes it difficult to assess our future prospects and financial results.

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. Our operations to date have discussed all known material risks,been limited to developing our technology, undertaking pre-clinical studies and early stage clinical trials of our pipeline candidates and conducting research to identify additional product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to generate product revenue or successfully overcome many of the risks described belowand uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields such as biopharmaceutical drug discovery and development. Consequently, the ability to accurately assess our future operating results or business prospects is significantly more limited than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market.

We expect that our financial condition and operating results will fluctuate significantly from period to period due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

·

the clinical outcomes from the continued development of our product candidates;

·

our ability to obtain, as well as the timeliness of obtaining, additional funding to develop and potentially manufacture and commercialize our product candidates, including payments, if any, under our collaboration agreements;

·

competition from existing products as well as new products that may receive marketing approval;

·

the entry of generic or biosimilar versions of products that compete with our product candidates;

·

the timing of regulatory review and approval of our product candidates;

·

market acceptance of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval, if any;

·

the ability of patients or healthcare providers to obtain coverage or sufficient reimbursement for our products;

·

the ability of third party manufacturers to manufacture in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”) our product candidates, conduct clinical trials with good clinical practices (“GCP”) and, if approved, for successful commercialization;

·

our ability to maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and

·

our ability to attract and retain key personnel with appropriate expertise and experience to manage our business effectively.

27

Accordingly, the likelihood of our success must be evaluated in light of many potential challenges and variables associated with an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, many of which are outside of our control, and past results, including operating or financial results, should not be relied on as an indication of future results.

We are heavily dependent on the success of our product candidates in early-stage clinical development, and if any of these products fail to receive regulatory approval or are not successfully commercialized, our business would be adversely affected.

We currently have no product candidates that are in registrational or pivotal clinical trials or are approved for commercial sale, and we may never develop a marketable product. We expect that a substantial portion of our efforts and expenditures over the only onesnext few years will be devoted to our current product candidates and the development of other product candidates. We cannot be certain that our product candidates will receive regulatory approval or, if approved, be successfully commercialized. The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, sale, marketing and distribution of our product candidates will remain subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries. In addition, even if approved, our pricing and reimbursement will be subject to further review and discussions with payors. We are not permitted to market any product candidate in the United States until after approval of a new drug application (“NDA”) from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until approval by corresponding regulatory authorities. We will need to conduct larger, more extensive clinical trials in the target patient populations to support a potential application for regulatory approval by the FDA or corresponding regulatory authorities, and we do not expect to be in a position to do so for the near term. We may not receive any preferential or expedited review of any application for regulatory approval by virtue of the fact that our product candidates target biological pathways that are also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs, and our product candidates will be subject to the regulatory review processes applicable to completely new drugs.

We have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA, or similar drug approval filings to comparable foreign authorities, for any product candidate, and we cannot be certain that any of our product candidates will be successful in clinical trial or receive regulatory approval. Filing an application and obtaining regulatory approval for a pharmaceutical product candidate is an extensive, lengthy, expensive and inherently uncertain process, and the regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including:

·

we may not be able to demonstrate that any of our product candidates are safe and effective to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

·

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials prior to granting approval, which would increase our costs and extend the pre-approval development process;

·

the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

·

the FDA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or statistical analysis of one or more of our clinical trials;

·

Fast Track designation, which we have received for PTG-300 for the treatment of beta-thalassemia, may not lead to faster development or approval, and such designation may be revoked if we no longer meet the criteria for designation;

·

contract research organizations (“CROs”) that we retain to conduct clinical trials may take actions outside of our control that materially and adversely impact our clinical trials;

·

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with, or not accept, our interpretation of data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

28

·

the FDA may require development of a costly and extensive risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), as a condition of approval;

·

the FDA or other regulatory authorities may require post-marketing studies as a condition of approval;

·

the FDA may identify deficiencies in our manufacturing processes or facilities or those of our third-party manufacturers which would be required to be corrected prior to regulatory approval; and

·

the success or further approval of competitor products approved in indications in which we undertake development of our product candidates may change the standard of care or change the standard for approval of our product candidate in our proposed indications.

Our product candidates will require additional research, clinical development, manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions, securing sources of commercial manufacturing supply and partnering with a commercial organization. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials for our product candidates will be initiated or completed in a timely manner or successfully, or at all. Further we cannot be certain that we may face, and additional risksplan to advance any other peptide-based product candidates into clinical trials. Moreover, any delay or uncertainties not knownsetback in the development of any product candidate would be expected to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impairadversely affect our business and cause our stock price to fall. For example, the announcement of the premature discontinuation of the global Phase 2 clinical trial of PTG-100 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC in March 2018 due to the interim analysis meeting futility criteria on the primary endpoint of clinical remission (that was subsequently confirmed to be due to human error in endoscopy reads by the original vendor) significantly depressed our stock price.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future prospects.trial results. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical development process. The results of pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates and studies and trials of other products may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. Any hypothesis formed from pre-clinical or early clinical observations for any of our product candidates may prove to be incorrect, and the data generated in animal models or observed in limited patient populations may be of limited value, and may not be applicable in clinical trials conducted under the controlled conditions required by applicable regulatory requirements.

In addition to our planned pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, we expect to have to complete at least two large scale, well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate substantial evidence of efficacy and safety for each product candidate we intend to commercialize. Further, given the patient populations for which we are developing therapeutics, we expect to have to evaluate long-term exposure to establish the safety of our therapeutics in a chronic dose setting. We have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted an NDA, and as a result, we have no history or track record to rely on when entering these phases of the development cycle. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through pre-clinical studies and initial clinical trials. Clinical trial failures may result from a multitude of factors including, but not limited to, flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect, patient enrollment criteria and failure to demonstrate favorable safety and/or efficacy traits of the product candidate. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or pre-clinical studies.

We may experience delays in ongoing clinical trials, and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

·

obtaining regulatory approvals to commence a clinical trial;

29

·

reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

·

fraud or negligence on the part of CROs, contract manufacturing organizations (“CMOs”), consultants or contractors;

·

obtaining institutional review board (“IRB”) or ethics committee (“EC”), approval at each site;

·

recruiting and retaining suitable patients to participate in a clinical trial;

·

having patients complete a clinical trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

·

clinical sites deviating from the clinical trial protocol or dropping out of a clinical trial;

·

adding new clinical trial sites; or

·

manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is modified, suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs or ECs of the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose a modification, suspension or termination due to a number of factors. In addition, there are a significant number of global clinical trials in IBD and in hematologic disorders that are currently ongoing, especially in Phases 2 and 3, making it highly competitive and challenging to recruit subjects. Furthermore, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of our product candidates, such as the premature termination of our Phase 2 clinical trial of PTG-100 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC, may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain patients in other clinical trials of that same product candidate. Delays or failures in planned patient enrollment or retention may result in increased costs, program delays or both.

If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

All of our peptide-based product candidates other than PTG-300, PTG-200 and PN-943 are in research or pre-clinical development and have not entered into clinical trials. If we are unable to develop, test and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates, our business will be adversely affected.

As part of our strategy, we seek to discover, develop and commercialize a portfolio of new peptide-based product candidates in addition to PTG-300, PTG-200, and PN-943. Research programs to identify appropriate biological targets pathways and product candidates require substantial scientific, technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons.

Our proprietary peptide platform may not result in any products of commercial value.

We have developed a proprietary peptide technology platform to enable the identification, testing, design and development of new product candidates. We cannot assure you that our peptide platform will work, nor that any of these potential targets or other aspects of our proprietary drug discovery and design platform will yield product candidates that

30

could enter clinical development and, ultimately, be commercially valuable. Although we expect to continue to enhance the capabilities of our proprietary platform by developing and integrating existing and new research technologies, we may not be successful in any of our enhancement and development efforts. If our enhancement or development efforts are unsuccessful, we may not be able to advance our drug discovery capabilities as quickly as we expect or identify as many potential drug candidates as we desire.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties impacting safety that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in limiting the commercial opportunity for our product candidates if approved.

Undesirable side effects that may be caused by our product candidates or caused by similar approved drugs or product candidates in development by other companies, could cause us, an independent data monitoring committee or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or adverse events related to our product candidates. In such an event, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. In addition, drug-related side effects could negatively affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial and even if our clinical trials are completed and our product candidate is approved, drug-related side effects could restrict the label or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, since our product candidates PTG-200 and PN-943 have been developed for indications for which injectable antibody drugs have been approved, we expect that our clinical trials would need to show a risk/benefit profile that is competitive with those existing products and product candidates in order to obtain regulatory approval or, if approved, a product label that is favorable for commercialization.

We have focused our limited resources to pursue particular product candidates and indications, and consequently, we may fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we have focused on research programs and product candidates mainly on the development of PTG-300 for treatment of certain rare blood disorders and the discovery and development of PTG-200, including any second-generation compounds, and PN-943, GI-restricted drugs that target the same biological pathways as currently marketed injectable antibody drugs for the treatment of IBD. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration partnerships, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception in 2006.inception. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2019, 2018 and 20142017 was approximately $37.2$77.2 million, $14.9$38.9 million and $11.1$37.0 million,  respectively.  As of December 31, 2016,2019 and 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $64.6 million.$217.7 million and $140.5 million, respectively. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital. We expect to continue incurringto incur significant research, development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations and product development, including clinical development activities under the Janssen License and

31

Collaboration Agreement, and as a result, we expect to continue incurringto incur losses forin the foreseeable future. We also expect these losses to increasefuture as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our peptide-based product candidates.

We do not anticipate generating revenue from sales of products for the foreseeable future, if ever, and we do not currently have any product candidates in registration or pivotal clinical trials. If any of our peptide-based product candidates fail in clinical trials or do not gain regulatory approval, or even if approved, fail to achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Furthermore, any revenues generated from the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement may not be sufficient alone to sustain our operations as there can be no assurance that we will receive any opt-in election fees, development, regulatory, or sales milestone payments, or royalties from Janssen in the future pursuant to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure to become and remain profitable may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital and continue operations.

If one or more of our peptide-based product candidates is approved for commercial sale and we retain commercial rights, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with manufacturing and commercializing such approved peptide-based product candidate. Therefore, even if we are able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved product, we may never become profitable.

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with no approved products and no historical product revenue, which makes it difficult to assess our future prospects and financial results.

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. Our operations to date have been limited to developing our technology, undertaking pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our pipeline candidates, including pre-clinical studies and clinical trial of PTG-100 and pre-clinical studies of PTG-200 and PTG-300, as well as our proprietary technology platform. We successfully filed a CTN in Australia to support our completed Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100. We have successfully filed a U.S. IND application to support our ongoing

Index to Financial Statements

Phase 2b study of PTG-100 in ulcerative colitis (“UC”). As an early clinical-stage company, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to generate revenue or successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields such as biopharmaceutical drug discovery and development. Consequently, the ability to accurately assess our future operating results or business prospects is significantly more limited than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market.

We expect that our financial condition and operating results will fluctuate significantly from period to period due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

the clinical outcomes from the continued development of our product candidates;

potential side effects of our product candidates that could delay or prevent approval or cause an approved drug to be taken off the market;

our ability to obtain, as well as the timeliness of obtaining, additional funding to develop, and potentially manufacture and commercialize our product candidates;

competition from existing products directed against the same biological target or therapeutic indications of our product candidates as well as new products that may receive marketing approval;

the entry of generic versions of products that compete with our product candidates;

the timing of regulatory review and approval of our product candidates;

market acceptance of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval, if any;

our ability to establish an effective sales and marketing infrastructure directly or through collaborations with third parties;

the ability of patients or healthcare providers to obtain coverage or sufficient reimbursement for our products;

whether Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (“JJDC”) decides to exercise its rights of first negotiation on any of our assets that are subject to the Letter Agreement with JJDC, including PTG-200, and we have to negotiate with JJDC for prolonged periods pursuant to the aforementioned agreement;

the ability of third party manufacturers to manufacture in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”) our product candidates for the conduct of clinical trials and, if approved, for successful commercialization;

our ability as well as the ability of any third party collaborators, to obtain, maintain and protect intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technologies, and our ability to develop, manufacture and commercialize our product candidates without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others;

our ability to add infrastructure and manage adequately our future growth; and

our ability to attract and retain key personnel with appropriate expertise and experience to manage our business effectively.

Accordingly, the likelihood of our success must be evaluated in light of many potential challenges and variables associated with an early-stage biopharmaceutical company, many of which are outside of our control, and past results, including operating or financial results, should not be relied on as an indication of future results.

We will require substantial additional funding, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100 in healthy volunteers and we have initiated a Phase 2b clinical trial of PTG-100 in patients with

Index to Financial Statements

moderate-to-severe UC, and we have also commenced IND-enabling studies of PTG-200 and PTG-300. Developing pharmaceutical product candidates, including conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, is expensive. We will require substantial additional future capital in order to complete clinical development and, if we are successful, to commercialize any of our current product candidates. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”)FDA or any foreign regulatory agency, such as the European Medicines Agency (“EMA”), requires that we perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate with respect to the development of PTG-100, PTG-200 or any of our other product candidates, or repeat studies or trials, our expenses would further increase beyond what we currently expect, and any delay resulting from such further or repeat studies or trials could also result in the need for additional financing. Further, in the event our Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement is terminated, we may not receive any development fees, milestone payments, or royalties under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, and we would be required to fund all clinical development, manufacturing, and commercial activities for PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds, which would require us to raise additional capital or establish alternative collaborations with third-party collaboration partners, which may not be possible.

As of December 31, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $133.0 million. Based upon our current operating plan and expected expenditures, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-salemarketable securities and proceeds from our debt facility will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Our existing capital resources will not be sufficient to enable us to initiate any pivotal clinical trials. Accordingly,However, we expect that we will need to raise substantial additional funds in the future in order to complete clinical development or commercialize any of our product candidates. Our funding requirements and the timing of our need for additional capital are subject to change based on a number of factors, including:

·

the scope, progress, results and costs of drug discovery, clinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our product candidates;

·

the number of product candidates that we intend to develop using our technology platform;

·

the costs, timing and outcome of any regulatory review of our product candidates;

·

the timing and achievement of development, regulatory, and sales milestones resulting in the payment to us from Janssen under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement and the timing of receipt of such payments, if any;

·

the costs and timing of commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution for any product candidates that receive marketing approval;

the rate

32

·

Janssen’s ability to successfully market and sell PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds upon regulatory approval and clearance, in the United States and other countries;

·

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or our partners;

·

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

·

our need and ability to hire and retain existing and additional personnel;

·

our ability to establish and maintain collaborations on favorable terms, if at all, and the payment and achievement of the fees, milestone payments and royalties under those collaborations, including the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement; and

·

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

the number of product candidates that we intend to develop using our technology platform;

the costs of research and pre-clinical studies to support the advancement of other product candidates into clinical development;

the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we currently expect;

the costs of preparing to manufacture PTG-100, PTG-200 or PTG-300 on a scale sufficient to enable large-scale clinical trials and commercial supply;

the timing and cost of transitioning our product formulations into the formulations we intend to use in registration trials and commercialize;

the costs of commercialization activities if PTG-100, PTG-200, PTG-300 or any future product candidate is approved, including the formation of a sales force;

the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or our partners;

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

our need and ability to hire and retain additional personnel;

our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and

the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

If we are unable to obtain additional funding from equity offerings or debt financings, including on a timely basis, we may be required to:

seek collaborators for one or more of our peptide-based product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available;

relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or peptide-based product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves; or

significantly curtail one or more of our research or development programs or cease operations altogether.

Index to Financial Statements

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our peptide-based product candidates or technologies.

We may seek additional funding through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and/or licensing arrangements. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness and/or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur debt and/or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the event that we enter into collaborations and/or licensing arrangements in order to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms, including relinquishing or licensing to a third party on unfavorable terms our rights to our proprietary technology platform or peptide-based product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves or potentially reserve for future potential arrangements when we might be able to achieve more favorable terms. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities, including sales of common stock pursuant to our sales agreement with Jefferies LLC (the “Sales Agreement”), your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

Covenants in our credit and security agreement restrict our business and operations in many ways and if we do not effectively manage our covenants, our financial conditions and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In October 2019, we entered into a credit and security agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which we have borrowed $10.0 million to date and an additional $40.0 million is available, subject to specified availability periods and the satisfaction of certain conditions. All of our assets, except for intellectual property and certain other customary excluded property, are security for our borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, dispositions, prepayment of other indebtedness and dividends and other distributions, any of which could restrict our business and operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take specified actions to take advantage of certain business opportunities that may be presented to us.

Our failure to comply with any of the covenants could result in a default under the Credit Agreement, which would permit the lenders to declare all or part of any outstanding borrowings to be immediately due and payable, or to refuse to permit additional borrowings under the loan and security agreement. If we are unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the Credit Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that debt, which would seriously harm our business. In addition, before we borrow additional funds under the Credit Agreement, we must first satisfy ourselves that we will have access to existing and future alternate sources of capital, including cash flow

33

from our own operations, equity capital markets or debt capital markets in order to repay any principal borrowed, which we may be unable to do, in which case, our liquidity and ability to fund our operations may be substantially impaired.

Risks Related to Our Business and IndustryReliance on Third Parties

We are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidates, PTG-100, which is in early-stage clinical development, and PTG-200, which is in pre-clinical development, andIf Janssen does not elect to continue the development of other product candidatesPTG-200 or any second-generation compounds, our business and business prospects would be significantly harmed.

Under the terms of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, Janssen may terminate the research program for second-generation compounds after an agreed upon period, and retains the right to terminate the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement for convenience and without cause on written notice of a certain period. In addition, Janssen will generally retain control over the further clinical development of PTG-200 and the clinical development of second-generation compounds. Janssen’s decisions with respect to such as PTG-300,development will affect the timing and availability of potential future opt-in, milestone and royalty payments, if anyany. If the research program or the Janssen License and Collaboration agreement are terminated early, or if Janssen’s development activities are terminated early or suspended for an extended period of these products fail to receive regulatory approvaltime, or are not successfully commercialized,otherwise unsuccessful, our business and business prospects would be materially adversely affected.

We currently have no product candidatesIf there are any safety or efficacy results that are in registration or pivotal clinical trials or are approved for commercial sale, and we may never be able to develop a marketable product. We expect that a substantial portioncause the benefit-risk profile of our efforts and expenditures over the next few years will be devoted to our lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200 targeting inflammatory bowel disease (“IBD”), and the development of other product candidates such as PTG-300 which targets iron overload disorders. We cannot be certain that PTG-100, PTG-200, PTG-300 or any other product candidates will receive regulatory approvalsecond-generation compounds to become unacceptable, clinical development would be delayed or if approved, be successfully commercialized. The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, sale, marketinghalted, and distribution of PTG-100, PTG-200,as a result, Janssen may terminate the Janssen License and PTG-300 will remain subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, each of which has differing regulations. In addition, even if approved, our pricing and reimbursement will be subject to further review and discussions with payors. We are not permitted to market any product candidate in the United States until after approval of a new drug application (“NDA”) from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until after approval of a marketing application by corresponding regulatory authorities. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-100 in June 2016. We will need to conduct larger, more extensive clinical trials in the target patient population to support a potential application for regulatory approval by the FDA or corresponding regulatory authorities, and we do not expect to be in a position to do so for the near term. We will not receive any preferential or expedited review of any application for regulatory approval by virtue of the fact that our product candidates target biological pathways that are also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs, and our product candidates will be subject to the regulatory review processes applicable to completely new drugs.

We have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA, or similar drug approval filings to comparable foreign authorities, for any product candidate, and we cannot be certain that any of our product candidates will be successful in clinical trial or receive regulatory approval. Filing an application and obtaining regulatory approval for a pharmaceutical product candidate is an extensive, lengthy, expensive and inherently uncertain process, and the regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including:

we may not be able to demonstrate that any of our product candidates is safe and effective to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

Index to Financial Statements
the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials prior to granting approval,Collaboration Agreement, which would increase our costsseverely and extend the pre-approval development process;

the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

the FDA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or statistical analysis of one or more of our clinical trials;

contract research organizations (“CROs”) that we retain to conduct clinical trials may take actions outside of our control that materially and adversely impact our clinical trials;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with, or not accept, our interpretation of data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

the FDA may require development of a costly and extensive risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), as a condition of approval;

the FDA may identify deficiencies in our manufacturing processes or facilities or those of our third-party manufacturers which would be required to be corrected prior to regulatory approval;

the success or further approval of competitor products approved in indications in which we undertake development of our product candidates may change the standard of care or change the standard for approval of our product candidate in our proposed indications; and

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations.

Our peptide-based product candidates will require additional research, clinical development, manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions (if regulatory approval can be obtained at all), securing sources of commercial manufacturing supply and building of or partnering with a commercial organization. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials for PTG-100 or our planned clinical trials for PTG-200 will be initiated or completed in a timely manner or successfully, or at all. Further we cannot be certain that we plan to advance any other peptide-based product candidates into clinical trials. Moreover, any delay or setback in the development of any product candidate, in particular PTG-100, PTG-200, or PTG-300, would be expected to adversely affect our business prospects, and may cause our stock priceus to fall.cease operations.

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

Our business and future profitability is substantially dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and then successfully commercialize our most advanced peptide-based product candidates, PTG-100, which is in an ongoing Phase 2b trial, and PTG-200 and PTG-300, which are in pre-clinical development. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our peptide-based product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA, the EMA or any other foreign regulatory authority, and wesecond-generation compounds may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our peptide-based product candidates. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of regulatory authorities. Approval policies, regulations and the types and amount of clinical and manufacturing data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we have in development or may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Index to Financial Statements

Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

the results of clinical trials may fail to achieve the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data submitted in support of regulatory approval;

the data collected from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our peptide-based product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA, supplemental NDA, Biologics License Application (“BLA”) or other regulatory submissions necessary to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

we or our contractors may not meet the GMP and other applicable requirements for manufacturing processes, procedures, documentation and facilities necessary for approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities; and

changes to the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities with respect to our product candidates may result in our clinical data becoming insufficient for approval.

The lengthy regulatory approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market PTG-100 and PTG-200, our lead product candidates, or any other product candidate, such as PTG-300, which would harm our business, results of operations and prospects significantly.

In addition, even if we were to obtain regulatory approval, regulatory authorities may approve our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than what we requested approval for, may include safety warnings or other restrictions that may negatively impact the commercial viability of our product candidates, including the potential for a favorable price or reimbursement at a level that we would otherwise intend to charge for our products. Likewise, regulatory authorities may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or the conduct of an expensive REMS, which could significantly reduce the potential for commercial success or viability of our product candidates. Any of the foregoing possibilities could materially harm the prospects for our product candidates and business and operations.

We have not previously submitted an NDA, a BLA, a Marketing Authorization Application (“MAA”), or any corresponding drug approval filing to the FDA, the EMA or any comparable foreign authority for any peptide-based product candidate. Further, our product candidates may not receive regulatory approval even if we complete such filings. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. Further, we have never conducted a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted an NDA.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical development process. The results of pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates and studies and trials of other products may not be predictive of the

Index to Financial Statements

results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition to our planned pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, we expectprove to have to complete at least two large scale,undesirable or adequate, well-controlled trials to demonstrate substantial evidence of efficacy and safety for each product candidate we intend to commercialize. Further, given the patient populations for which we are developing therapeutics, we expect to have to evaluate long-term exposure to establish the safety of our therapeutics in a chronic dose setting. We have never conducted a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted an NDA, and as a result, we have no history or track-record to rely on when entering these phases of the development cycle. For example, the results generated to date in pre-clinical studies and the Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-100 do not ensure that future Phase 2 clinical trials or later clinical trials will have similar results or be successful. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through pre-clinical studies and initial clinical trials. Clinical trial failures may result from a multitude of factors including, but not limited to, flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect, patient enrollment criteria and failure to demonstrate favorable safety and/or efficacy traits of the product candidate. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or pre-clinical studies.

We may experience delays in ongoing clinical trials, and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

obtaining regulatory approvals to commence a clinical trial;

reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

fraud or negligence on the part of CROs, contract manufacturing organizations (“CMOs”), consultants or contractors;

obtaining institutional review board (“IRB”) or ethics committee (“EC”), approval at each site;

recruiting suitable patients to participate in a clinical trial;

having patients complete a clinical trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

clinical sites deviating from the clinical trial’s protocol or dropping out of a clinical trial;

adding new clinical trial sites; or

manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is modified, suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs or ECs of the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose a modification, suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical trial protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or clinical trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

Index to Financial Statements

In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

Enrollment and retention of patients in clinical trials is an expensive and time-consuming process and could be made more difficult or rendered impossible by multiple factors outside our control.

We may encounter delays in enrolling, be unable to enroll or maintain, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials. Patient enrollment and retention in clinical trials is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials and depends on many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the existing body of safety and efficacy data with respect to the study drug, the number and nature of competing treatments and ongoing clinical trials of competing drugs for the same indication, the proximity of patients to clinical trial sites and the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial. Furthermore, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of our product candidates may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain patients in other clinical trials of that same candidate. For example, we are aware of a number of therapies that are commercialized or are being developed for IBD and we expect to face competition from these investigational drugs or approved drugs for potential subjects in our clinical trials, which may delay the pace of enrollment in our planned clinical trials. Delays or failures in planned patient enrollment or retention may result in increased costs, program delays or both, which could have a harmful effect on our ability to develop our product candidates, or could render further development impossible.

All of our peptide-based product candidates other than PTG-100 are in research or pre-clinical development and have not entered into clinical trials. If we are unable to develop, test and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates, our business will be adversely affected.

As part of our strategy, we also seek to discover, develop and commercialize a portfolio of new peptide-based product candidates in addition to PTG-100. Research programs to identify appropriate biological targets pathways and product candidates require substantial scientific, technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including:

our financial and internal resources are insufficient;

our research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates uncompetitive;

our other product candidates may be shown to have harmfulunintended side effects or other characteristics that indicate such product candidate is unlikely to be effectiveadversely affecting its safety, efficacy or otherwise unlikely to achieve applicable regulatory approval;

our product candidates may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost or at all; or

a product candidate may not be accepted by patients, the medical community, healthcare providers or third-party payors.

Our research and development strategy for our lead product candidates relies in large part on clinical data and results obtained from antibody and small molecule products that are approved or in late-stage developmenteffectiveness that could ultimately prove to be inaccurateprevent or unreliablelimit its approval for marketing and successful commercial use, with our peptide-based product candidate approach.

As part of our strategy to mitigate clinical development risk, we seek to develop peptide-based product candidates against biological targets and pathways which have been identified as addressable by approved or later stage products in development. While we utilize pre-clinical in vivo and in vitro models as well as clinical

Index to Financial Statements

biomarkers to assess potential safety and efficacy early in the candidate selection and development process, this strategy necessarily relies upon clinical data and other results obtained by third parties that may ultimately prove to be inaccurate or unreliable or otherwise not applicable to the indications in which we develop our peptide-based product candidates. We will have to conduct clinical trials to show the safety and efficacy of our peptide-based product candidates against the identified biological targets and pathways to show that our peptide-based product candidates can address the identified mechanism of action shown by these third party results. For example, PTG-100 is ana4b7 integrin antagonist that targets the same target as the currently marketed injectable antibody drug, Entyvio®, and PTG-200 targets the IL-23 biological pathway, which is a pathway targeted by the currently marketed injectable antibody drug, Stelara®, approved for treatment of psoriasis and Crohn’s disease. If our interpretation of the third party clinical data and results from molecules directed against the same biological target or pathway or our pre-clinical in vivo and in vitro models prove inaccurate or our assumptions and conclusions about the applicability of our peptide-based product candidates against the same biological targets or pathways are incorrect or inaccurate, then our development efforts may prove longer and more extensive and our research and development strategy and business and operations could be significantly harmed.

Our proprietary peptide platform may not result in any products of commercial value.

We have developed a proprietary peptide technology platform to enable the identification, testing, design and development of new product candidates. We cannot assure you that our peptide platform will work, nor that any of these potential targets or other aspects of our proprietary drug discovery and design platform will yield product candidates that could enter clinical development and, ultimately, be commercially valuable. Although we expect to continue to enhance the capabilities of our proprietary platform by developing and integrating existing and new research technologies, we may not be successful in any of our enhancement and development efforts. For example, we may not be able to enter into agreements on suitable terms to obtain technologies required to develop certain capabilities of our peptide platform. In addition, we may not be successful in developing the conditions necessary to simulate specific tissue function from multiple species, or otherwise develop assays or cell cultures necessary to expand these capabilities. If our enhancement or development efforts are unsuccessful, we may not be able to advance our drug discovery capabilities as quickly as we expect or identify as many potential drug candidates as we desire.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties impacting safety that could delay or prevent theirthe commencement and/or completion of clinical trials. If regulatory submissions requesting approval limitto market PTG-200 or any such second-generation compounds are submitted, after reviewing the commercialdata in such submissions, the FDA and regulatory agencies in other countries may conclude that the overall benefit-risk profile of an approved label,treatment is unacceptable, and clinical development would be delayed or result in limiting the commercial opportunity for our product candidates if approved.

Undesirable side effects that may be caused by our product candidates or caused by similar approved drugs or product candidates in development by other companies, could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or adverse events related to our product candidates. In such an event, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. In addition, drug-related side effects could negatively affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial and even if our clinical trials are completed and our product candidate is approved, drug-related side effects could restrict the label or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, since our product candidates PTG-100 and PTG-200 are being developed for indications for which injectable antibody drugs have been approved, we expect that our clinical trials would need to show a risk/benefit profile that is competitive with those existing products and product candidates in order to obtain regulatory approval or, if approved, a product label that is favorable for commercialization.

Index to Financial Statements

Additionally if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

our reputation may suffer.

halted. Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular peptide-based product candidate which could significantlywould severely harm our business and prospects.

Clinical trials by their nature examine the effects of a potential therapy in a sample of the potential future patient population. As such, clinical trials conducted with PTG-200 or any second-generation compounds may not uncover all possible adverse events that patients may experience. We or Janssen may in the future observe or report dose-limiting or other safety issues in potential future clinical trials.

The occurrence of these events may cause Janssen to abandon its development of PTG-200 or any second-generation compounds entirely and terminate the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement. Any termination of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement by Janssen would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business prospects and the future of PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds.

There may be disagreements between Janssen and Protagonist during the term of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, and if they are not settled amicably or in the favor of Protagonist, the result may harm our business.

We are subject to the risk of possible disagreements with Janssen, including those regarding the development, manufacture, and commercialization of PTG-200 or any second-generation compounds, interpretation of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, and ownership of proprietary rights. In addition, in certain circumstances, we may believe that a particular milestone has been achieved and Janssen may disagree with our belief. In that case, receipt of that milestone payment may be delayed or may never be received, which would adversely affect our financial condition and may require us to adjust our operating plans. The joint governance structure contemplated by the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement will cease to have decision-making authority once the development term ends, which will preclude our ability to participate in any further decision-making for PTG-200 and any second-generation

34

compounds. As a result of possible disagreements with Janssen, we also may become involved in litigation or arbitration, which would be time-consuming for our management and employees and expensive.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining development and commercialization collaborations, any collaboration arrangements we enter into in the future may not be successful, and any potential partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercialization of our product candidates or may otherwise fail in development or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect our ability to develop certain of our product candidates and our financial condition and operating results.

Other than our Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, we have no active collaborations for any of our product candidates. Even if we are able to establish other collaboration arrangements, any such collaboration may not ultimately be successful, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. While we currently plan to enter into collaborations that are limited to certain identified territories, there can be no assurance that we would maintain significant rights or control of future development and commercialization of such product candidate. Accordingly, if we collaborate with a third party for development and commercialization of a product candidate, we may relinquish some or all of the control over the future success of that product candidate to the third party, and that partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercialization of our product candidate or may otherwise fail in development or commercialization efforts, in which event the development and commercialization of the product candidate in the collaboration could be delayed or terminated and our business could be substantially harmed. In some cases, we may be responsible for continuing development of a product candidate or research program under a collaboration, and the payments we receive from our partner may be insufficient to cover the cost of this development or may result in a dispute between the parties. Moreover, collaborations and sales and marketing arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement, and they may require substantial resources to maintain, which may be detrimental to the development of our other product candidates.

We are subject to a number of additional risks associated with our dependence on collaborations with third parties, the occurrence of which could cause our collaboration arrangements to fail. Conflicts may arise between us and partners, such as conflicts concerning the implementation of development plans, efforts and resources dedicated to the product candidate, interpretation of clinical data, the achievement of milestones, the interpretation of financial provisions or the ownership of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. Any such disagreement between us and a partner could result in one or more of the following, each of which could delay or prevent the development or commercialization of our product candidates, and in turn prevent us from generating sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability:

·

reductions in the payment of royalties or other payments we believe are due pursuant to the applicable collaboration arrangement;

·

actions taken by a partner inside or outside our collaboration which could negatively impact our rights or benefits under our collaboration; or

·

unwillingness on the part of a partner to keep us informed regarding the progress of its development and commercialization activities or to permit public disclosure of the results of those activities.

Any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

·

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

·

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors;

35

·

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

·

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

·

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

·

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

·

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

·

collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products; and

·

a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

We rely on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or do not meet regulatory requirements or expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain timely regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third party CROs to monitor and manage clinical trials and collect data for our pre-clinical studies and clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that their conduct meets regulatory requirements and that each of our studies and trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Thus, we and our CROs are required to comply with good clinical practices (“GCPs”), which are regulations and guidelines promulgated by the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept the data or require us to perform additional clinical trials before considering our filing for regulatory approval or approving our marketing application. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with GCPs. While we have agreements governing activities of our CROs, we may have limited influence over their actual performance and the qualifications of their personnel conducting work on our behalf. In addition, significant portions of the clinical studies for our peptide-based product candidates are expected to be conducted outside of the United States, which will make it more difficult for us to monitor CROs and perform visits of our clinical trial sites and will force us to rely heavily on CROs to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and compliance with applicable regulations, including GCPs. Failure to comply with applicable regulations in the conduct of the clinical studies for our peptide-based product candidates may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if it can be reasonably demonstrated that the safety of the subjects participating in our clinical trials warrants such termination, if we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors or if we are liquidated.

If any of our relationships with these third party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote

36

sufficient time and resources to our pre-clinical and clinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be

Index to Financial Statements

replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our peptide-based product candidates. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our peptide-based product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase substantially and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed significantly.

Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, thereThere can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We face a variety of manufacturing risks and rely completely on third parties to manufacture our drug substance and clinical drug product and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved peptide-based product candidate.

Our clinical trials must be conducted with product manufactured under current good manufacturing practicescGMP and for Europe and other major countries,regions, International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (“ICH”) guidelines, and we rely on contract manufacturesmanufacturers to manufacture and provide product for us that meet these requirements. We do not currently have nor do we plan to acquire the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our pre-clinical and clinical drug supplies and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our peptide-based product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We expect to continue to depend on contract manufacturers for the foreseeable future. In particular, asAs we proceed with the development and potential commercialization of PTG-100,our product candidates, we will need to increase the scale at which the drug is manufactured which will require the development of new manufacturing processes.processes to potentially reduce the cost of goods. We will rely on our internal process research and development efforts and those of contract manufacturermanufacturers to develop the GMP manufacturing processes required for largercost-effective and large scale production. If the contract manufacturer isthese efforts are not successful in developing largecost-effective processes and if the contract manufacturers are not successful in converting it to commercial scale processes,manufacturing, then our development and/or commercialization of PTG-100our product candidates could be materially delayed. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel.adversely affected. Moreover, our contract manufacturers are the sole source of supply for our clinical product candidates, including PTG-100.candidates. If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply for any reason, whether as a result of manufacturing, supply or storage issues, natural disasters, pandemics or otherwise, we could experience delays, disruptions, suspensions or termination of our clinical study and planned development program, or be required to restart or repeat, any ongoing clinical trials.

We also rely on our contract manufacturers to purchase from third party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our peptide-based product candidates for our clinical trials. There are a limited number of suppliers for raw materials that we use to manufacture our drugs and there may be a need to assess alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials necessary to produce our peptide-based product candidates for our clinical trials, and if approved, for commercial sale. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a peptide-based product candidate to complete the clinical trial, any significant delay in the supply of a peptide-based product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a contract manufacturer or other third party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our peptide-based product candidates. If our contract manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for our peptide-based product candidates, the commercial launch of our peptide-based product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenue from the sale of our peptide-based product candidates.

Index to Financial Statements

If we submit an application for regulatory approval of any of our product candidates, the facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates will be subject to inspection and approval by the FDA or

37

other regulatory authorities. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our peptide-based product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

Our business and future profitability is substantially dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and then successfully commercialize our peptide-based product candidates. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our peptide-based product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA, the EMA or any other foreign regulatory authority, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our peptide-based product candidates. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors. Approval policies, regulations and the types and amount of clinical and manufacturing data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we have in development or may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

·

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

·

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

·

the results of clinical trials may fail to achieve the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

·

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

·

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data submitted in support of regulatory approval;

·

the data collected from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our peptide-based product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA, supplemental NDA, or other regulatory submissions necessary to obtain regulatory approval;

·

we or our contractors may not meet the GMP and other applicable requirements for manufacturing processes, procedures, documentation and facilities necessary for approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities; and

·

changes to the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities with respect to our product candidates may result in our clinical data becoming insufficient for approval.

In addition, even if we were to obtain regulatory approval, regulatory authorities may approve our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than what we requested approval for, may include safety warnings or

38

other restrictions that may negatively impact the commercial viability of our product candidates, including the potential for a favorable price or reimbursement at a level that we would otherwise intend to charge for our products. Likewise, regulatory authorities may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or the conduct of an expensive REMS, which could significantly reduce the potential for commercial success or viability of our product candidates. Any of the foregoing possibilities could materially harm the prospects for our product candidates and business and operations.

We have not previously submitted an NDA, a Marketing Authorization Application (“MAA”), or any corresponding drug approval filing to the FDA, the EMA or any comparable foreign authority for any peptide-based product candidate. Further, our product candidates may not receive regulatory approval even if we complete such filings. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for any of our product candidates from the FDA, we may never obtain approval for our product candidates outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.

Sales of our product candidates outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval and, to the extent that we retain commercial rights following clinical development, we would plan to seek regulatory approval to commercialize our peptide-based product candidates in the United States, the EU and additional foreign countries. Even if the FDA grants marketing approval for a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidates in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets or to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our peptide-based product candidates will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected.

We may fail to obtain orphan drug designations from the FDA and/or EU for our product candidates, as applicable, and even if we obtain such designations, we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Our strategy includes filing for orphan drug designation where available for our product candidates. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as one occurring in a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug or biologic will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full NDA or BLA, to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity.

We have not obtained nor have we sought to obtain orphan designation for any product candidates to date, although we believe some of the potential indications of our product candidates could qualify forPTG-300 has received orphan drug designation and the related benefits if approved for that indication. For example, if PTG-100 or PTG-200 is developed for the treatment of pediatric IBD or PTG-300 for the treatment of iron overload disorders in patients with ß-Thalassemiabeta-thalassemia from the FDA and possibly HH and SCD,EU. Despite this designation, we planmay be unable to file and expect to qualify formaintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation with respect to such indication. Even if we obtain such designations, westatus, including market exclusivity. We may not be the first to obtain regulatory approval of a product candidate for the beta-thalassemia or any other orphan-designated indication that we may pursue due to the uncertainties associated with

39

developing pharmaceutical products. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan-designated indication or may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the orphan-designated disease or condition. Further, even if we obtain orphan drug designation exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs with different active moieties may receive and be approved for the same condition, and only the first applicant to receive approval will receive the benefits of marketing exclusivity. Even after an orphan-designated product is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve a later drug with the same active moiety for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior if it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. In addition, while we may seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, we may never receive such designations.

Risks Related to Commercialization of our Product Candidates

IndexWe currently have no marketing and sales organization. To the extent any of our peptide-based product candidates for which we maintain commercial rights is approved for marketing, if we are unable to Financial Statements
establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our peptide-based product candidates, we may not be able to effectively market and sell any peptide-based product candidates, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a marketing or sales organization for the marketing, sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products. In order to commercialize any peptide-based product candidates that receive marketing approval, we would have to build marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in obtaining or maintainingdoing so. In the event of successful development and commercialization collaborations, andof any potential partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercialization of our product candidates, we may elect to build a targeted specialty sales force which will be expensive and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. With respect to our peptide-based product candidates, we may choose to partner with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, and in the case of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, we may elect to exercise our Co-Detailing Option (as described below), which would require us to establish a U.S. sales team. If we are not successful in commercializing our peptide-based product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future revenue will be materially and adversely impacted.

We have not yet negotiated our agreement with Janssen specifying all of the terms of our Co-Detailing Option and would need to develop our own internal sales force.

Pursuant to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, we have an option, which, if PTG-200 and/or any second-generation compounds are approved for commercial sale, allows us to elect to provide up to 30% of the PTG-200 selling effort in the United States with sales force personnel (the “Co-Detailing Option”). While the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement includes the material terms of our Co-Detailing Option, Janssen and we mutually agreed to negotiate a separate agreement specifying the detailed activities and responsibilities in respect of the marketing and co-promotion following our election to exercise our Co-Detailing Option. We will need to negotiate this separate agreement with Janssen and, as a result, Janssen may place restrictions or additional obligations on us, including financial obligations. Any restrictions or additional obligations may restrict our co-detailing activities or involve more significant financial or other obligations than we currently anticipate. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales force capabilities. Developing an internal sales force and function will require substantial expenditures and will be time-consuming, may expose us to unforeseen costs and expenses, and we may not be able to effectively recruit, train or retain sales personnel. Accordingly, we may be unable to establish our own sales force which could effectively preclude our ability to take any advantage of participating in co-detailing PTG-200 and/or any second-generation compounds in the United States. In addition, any sales force we establish may not be effective, or may otherwise fail in development be less effective than the any sales force that Janssen utilizes to promote PTG-200 and/or any second-generation compounds. In such event, commercialization efforts,may be adversely affected, which could materially and adversely affect any sales milestone payments or royalties we may receive under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement.

40

Even if our product candidates receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors (including Medicare and Medicaid programs), private insurers, and other third-party payors, or others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors, other third-party payors and other healthcare providers. If any of our approved products fail to achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue to become profitable. The degree of market acceptance, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:

·

the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

·

effectiveness of sales, marketing and distribution efforts;

·

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

·

the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

·

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

·

the willingness of the medical community to offer customers our product candidates in addition to or in the place of current injectable therapies;

·

the availability of government and third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

·

the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

·

any restrictions on the use of our product candidates together with other medications.

Because we expect sales of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved, to generate revenue for us to achieve profitability, the failure of our peptide-based product candidates to achieve market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek collaborations or undertake additional financings sooner than we would otherwise plan.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to developprofitably sell any peptide-based product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in the United States in March 2010, the ACA was enacted to increase access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and the health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The law has continued the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and increased the industry’s regulatory burdens and operating costs.

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the current administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. Since January 2017, the President has signed two Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has

41

considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, two bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been enacted. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and the medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurance tax. Further, the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018 (the “BBA”) among other things, amends the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly referred to as the “donut hole.” Congress may consider other legislation to repeal or replace other elements of the ACA. On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. It is unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, including the BBA, will remain in effect through 2029 unless additional action is taken by Congress. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period in which the government may recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the current administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 includes a $135 billion allowance to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. Further, the current administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out-of-pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal health programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out-of-pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. While some of the measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the current administration have both stated that they will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare therapies, which could result in reduced demand for our peptide-based product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have also been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

42

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.revenues, if any.

We have no current collaborationsIn some countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for any of oura product candidates. Even if we are able to establish collaboration arrangements, any such collaboration may not ultimately be successful, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. While we currently plan to enter into collaborations that are limited to certain identified territories,candidate. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would maintain significant rightsconsiderable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. To obtain reimbursement or control of future development and commercialization of such product candidate. Accordingly, if we collaborate with a third party for development and commercialization of a product candidate,pricing approval in some countries, we may relinquish some or all ofbe required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the control over the future success of that product candidate to the third party, and that partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercializationcost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or may otherwise faillimited in developmentscope or commercialization efforts, in which event the development and commercialization of the product candidate in the collaboration could be delayedamount, or terminated andif pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be substantially harmed. In addition,harmed, possibly materially.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct, a substantial portion of the termsclinical trials for our product candidates outside of any potential collaboration or other arrangement thatthe United States. If approved, we may establish may notcommercialize our product candidates abroad. We will thus be favorablesubject to us or may not be perceived as favorable, which may negatively impact the pricerisks of doing business outside of the United States.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct, a substantial portion of our common stock. In some cases,clinical trials outside of the United States and, if approved, we may be responsible for continuing developmentintend to also market our peptide-based product candidates outside of a product candidate or research program under a collaboration, and the payments we receive from our partner may be insufficient to cover the cost of this development or may result in a dispute between the parties. Moreover, collaborations and sales and marketing arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement and they may require substantial resources to maintain, which may be detrimental to the development of our other product candidates.

United States. We are thus subject to a number of additional risks associated with doing business outside of the United States. Our business and financial results in the future could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors associated with conducting development and marketing of our dependence on collaborations withpeptide-based product candidates, if approved, outside of the United States, including:

·

medical standard of care and diagnostic criteria may differ in foreign jurisdictions, which may impact our ability to enroll and successfully complete trials designed for U.S. marketing;

·

efforts to develop an international sales, marketing and distribution organization may increase our expenses, divert our management’s attention from the acquisition or development of peptide-based product candidates or cause us to forgo profitable licensing opportunities in these geographies;

·

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;

·

unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

·

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions and intellectual property protections in foreign countries;

·

trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements such as Export Administration Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Commerce and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges;

·

regulations under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws;

·

differing payor reimbursement regimes, governmental payors or patient self-pay systems and price controls;

·

the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and

·

significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could make the cost of our clinical trials, to the extent conducted outside of the U.S., more expensive.

If we are unable to anticipate and address these risks properly, our business and financial results will be harmed.

43

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of health epidemics, including the recent coronavirus, or COVID-19, outbreak, in regions where we or third parties the occurrence ofon which could cause our collaboration arrangements to fail. Conflicts may arise between uswe rely have significant manufacturing and partners, such as conflicts concerning the implementation of development plans, efforts and resources dedicated to the product candidate, interpretationdistribution facilities, concentrations of clinical data,trial sites or other business operations. We have clinical trial sites in countries that have been directly affected by COVID-19, and depend on outsourced manufacturing operations, including China, for various stages of our supply chain. In addition, if COVID-19 becomes a pandemic, it could materially affect our operations globally, including at our headquarters in the achievementSan Francisco Bay Area and at our clinical trial sites throughout the globe.

Our business could be adversely affected by health epidemics in regions where we have significant manufacturing and distribution facilities, concentrations of milestones,clinical trial sites or other business operations.

If the interpretation of financial provisionsrecent coronavirus, or the ownership of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any such conflicts arise,COVID-19, outbreak continues to spread, we may need to limit operations or implement limitations, including work from home policies. There is a collaborator could act in its own self-interest, whichrisk that some countries or regions may be adverseless effective at containing COVID-19, or it may be more difficult to our interests. Any such disagreement between us andcontain if the outbreak reaches a partnerlarger population or broader geography, in which case the risks described herein could result in one or more of the following, each of which could delay or prevent the development or commercializationbe elevated significantly.

In particular, some of our product candidates, and in turn prevent us from generating sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability:

reductionssuppliers of certain materials, including certain critical active pharmaceutical ingredients, used in the paymentproduction of royaltiesour drug products are located in China, and possibly other affected areas. While many of these materials may be obtained by more than one supplier, including suppliers outside of China, port closures, country lockdowns, and other restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak in a region may disrupt our supply chain or other payments we believe are due pursuant to the applicable collaboration arrangement;

actions taken by a partner inside or outside our collaboration which could negatively impact our rights or benefits under our collaboration; or

unwillingness on the part of a partner to keep us informed regarding the progress of its development and commercialization activities or to permit public disclosure of the results of those activities.

In addition, the termination of a collaboration may limit our ability to obtain rightssufficient materials for our drug products. While we are closely monitoring developments and are implementing and evaluating new mitigation strategies, the full impact of this outbreak is uncertain at this time and any prolonged disruption to our manufacturers and distributors could significantly disrupt our supply chain and could have a material adverse effect on our development plans and business.

In addition, our clinical trials may be affected by the productCOVID-19 outbreak. Site initiation and patient enrollment may be delayed or intellectual property developed bydisrupted due to prioritization of hospital and medical resources toward the COVID-19 outbreak or inability to access hospital and other clinical sites. Further, site initiation and patient enrollment may be delayed due to difficulties related to clinical site investigators, clinical site staff and patients who may be reluctant to travel to medical sites to comply with clinical trial protocols or be monitored. If COVID-19 becomes a pandemic, it may delay enrollment in our collaborator under terms that wouldglobal clinical trials, some patients may not be sufficiently favorable for usable to consider further developmentcomply with clinical trial protocols if quarantines impede patient movement or investment ininterrupt healthcare services, and we may be unable to obtain data from blood samples or other required medical procedures.

The ultimate impact of the terminated collaboration product candidate, even if it were returnedCOVID-19 outbreak or a similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to us.change. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our supply chain, clinical trials, healthcare systems or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material impact on our operations, and, therefore, we will continue to monitor the COVID-19 situation closely and implement risk mitigation as needed.

44

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We have competitors worldwide, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical and generic pharmaceutical companies as well as universities and other research institutions.

Index to Financial Statements

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff, and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Mergers and acquisitions in our industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. As a result, these companies may obtain regulatory approval more rapidly than we are able and may be more effective in selling and marketing their products. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of newer technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing, on an exclusive basis, pharmaceutical products that are easier to develop, more effective or less costly than any product candidates that we are currently developing or that we may develop. If approved, our product candidates are expected to face competition from commercially available drugs as well as drugs that are in the development pipelines of our competitors.

Pharmaceutical companies may invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make our product candidates less competitive. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability or safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. If our competitors succeed in obtaining FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval or discovering, developing and commercializing drugs before we do, or develop blocking intellectual property to which we do not have a license, there would be a material adverse impact on the future prospects for our product candidates and business.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of IBD is from companies with approved agents in the following therapeutic classes, among others:

Infused a4b7 antibody: Takeda Pharmaceutical Company

Infused IL-23 and IL-12 antibody: Johnson & Johnson

Injectable or infused TNF-a antibody: AbbVie, Johnson & Johnson, Amgen, Pfizer, UCB S.A.

We are also aware of several companies developing therapeutic product candidates for the treatment of IBD, including, but not limited to AbbVie, Allergan, Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc., AstraZeneca, Biogen, Boehringer Ingelheim (adalimumab biosimilar in Pre-Registration), Bristol-Myers Squibb, Celgene (mongersen sodium and ozanimod hydrochloride in Phase 3 clinical trials), Eli Lilly and Company, Galapagos, Gilead, Lycera Corp., Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation, Pfizer (tofacitinib citrate in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Roche/Genentech (etrolizumab in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Samsung Bioepis (adalimumab biosimilar in Pre-Registration), Sandoz (adalimumab biosimilar in Phase 3), Shire, and UCB S.A.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as ß-Thalassemia, HH and SCD, will come from other pipeline products being developed by companies such as Acceleron (luspatercept in a Phase 3 clinical trial), bluebird bio (LentiGlobin in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Bristol-Myers Squibb, Emmaus Medical (glutamine in pre-registration), Gilead, Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc., La Jolla Pharmaceutical, and Novartis AG, among others. We believe competition will also include approved iron chelation therapies that have been developed by Novartis AG and Apotex, among others.

We believe that our ability to successfully compete will depend on, among other things:

·

the efficacy and safety of our product candidates, in particular compared to competitor products;

·

the time it takes for our product candidates to complete clinical development and receive regulatory approval, if at all;

·

the ability to commercialize and market any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval;

·

the price of our products, including in comparison to branded or generic competitors;

·

whether coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement are available under private and governmental health insurance plans, including Medicare;

·

the ability to protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates;

·

the ability to manufacture and sell commercial quantities of any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

·

the efficacy and safety of our product candidates, in particular compared to marketed products and products in late-stage development;

the time it takes for our product candidates to complete clinical development and receive regulatory approval, if at all;

the ability to commercialize and market any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval;

the price of our products, including in comparison to branded or generic competitors;

Index to Financial Statements
whether coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement are available under private and governmental health insurance plans, including Medicare;

the ability to protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates;

the ability to manufacture and sell commercial quantities of any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

acceptance of any of our approved product candidates by physicians, payors and other healthcare providers.

Because our research approach depends on our proprietary technology platform, it may be difficult for us to continue to successfully compete in the face of rapid changes in technology. If we fail to continue to advance our technology platform, technological change may impair our ability to compete effectively and technological advances or

45

products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization. To the extent any of our peptide-based product candidates for which we maintain commercial rights is approved for marketing, if we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our peptide-based product candidates, we may not be able to effectively market and sell any peptide-based product candidates, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a marketing or sales organization for the marketing, sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products. In order to commercialize any peptide-based product candidates that receive marketing approval, we would have to build marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. In the event of successful development of any of our product candidates, we may elect to build a targeted specialty sales force which will be expensive and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. With respect to our peptide-based product candidates, we may choose to partner with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of approved products, if any, on acceptable terms or at all, or if any such partner does not devote sufficient resources to the commercialization of our product or otherwise fails in commercialization efforts, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our peptide-based product candidates that receive regulatory approval. If we are not successful in commercializing our peptide-based product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future revenue will be materially and adversely impacted.

Even if our peptide-based product candidates receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors (including Medicare and Medicaid programs), private insurers, and other third-party payors, or others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If any of our peptide-based product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors, other third-party payors and other healthcare providers. If any of our approved peptide-based products fail to achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue to become profitable. The degree of market acceptance, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:

the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts;

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

Index to Financial Statements
our ability to offer our peptide-based product candidates for sale at competitive prices;

the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

the willingness of the medical community to offer customers our peptide-based product candidates in addition to or in the place of current injectable therapies;

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

the availability of government and third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

any restrictions on the use of our product candidates together with other medications.

Because we expect sales of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved, to generate revenue for us to achieve profitability, the failure of our peptide-based product candidates to achieve market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek collaborations or undertake additional financings sooner than we would otherwise plan.

We have focused our limited resources to pursue particular product candidates and indications, and consequently, we may fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we have focused on research programs and product candidates on the discovery and development of GI-restricted drugs that target the same biological pathways as currently marketed injectable antibody drugs for the treatment of IBD. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration partnerships, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for any of our product candidates from the FDA, we may never obtain approval for our product candidates outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.

Sales of our product candidates outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval and, to the extent that we retain commercial rights following clinical development, we would plan to seek regulatory approval to commercialize our peptide-based product candidates in the United States, the EU and additional foreign countries. Even if the FDA grants marketing approval for a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidates in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the US, including additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the US, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval. We may decide to submit an MAA to the EMA for approval in the EEA. As with the FDA, obtaining approval of an MAA from the EMA is a similarly lengthy and expensive process and the EMA has its own procedures for approval ofpeptide-based product candidates. Even if a product is approved, the FDA or the EMA, as the case may be, may

Index to Financial Statements

limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulatory authorities in countries outside of the US and the EEA also have requirements for approval of drug candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Also, regulatory approval for any of our peptide-based product candidates may be withdrawn. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our peptide-based product candidates will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with state and federal healthcare regulatory laws, we could face substantial penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any future product candidates we may develop or any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may affect the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we would market, sell and distribute our products. Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

·

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute;

·

the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false, fictitious, or fraudulent; knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement to get a false or fraudulent claim paid or approved by the government; or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government; in addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), which imposes additional criminal and civil liability for, among other things, willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false or fraudulent statements relating to healthcare matters; similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

·

the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”);

Index to Financial Statements

·

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”), and their implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on certain types of people and Clinical Health Act and their implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on HIPAA-covered entities and their business associates with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

the federal civil monetary penalties statute, which prohibits, among other things, the offering or giving of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a Federal or state governmental program;

·

the federal civil monetary penalties statute;

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to certain payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners;

·

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act; and

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; and state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

·

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws.

Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “ACA”),ACA, among other things, amended the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity can now be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, ACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. Moreover, while we do not submit claims and our customers make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, from time to time, we may provide reimbursement guidance to our customers. If a government authority were to conclude that we provided improper advice to our customers or encouraged the submission of false claims for reimbursement, we could face action against us by government authorities. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have entered into consulting and scientific advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, including some who could influence the use of our product candidates, if approved. While we have worked to structure our arrangements to comply with applicable laws, because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with providers who may influence the ordering of and use our product candidates, if approved, to be in violation of applicable laws.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations.reform. Federal

Index to Financial Statements

and state enforcement bodies have recently increasedcontinued to increase their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part

46

of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If, and to the extent that, Janssen or we are unable to comply with these regulations, our ability to earn potential royalties from worldwide net sales of PTG-200 would be materially and adversely impacted. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval The imposition of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a numberany of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any peptide-based product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in the United States in March 2010, the ACA was enacted to increase access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and the health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The law has continued the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and increased the industry’s regulatory burdens and operating costs. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential peptide-based product candidates are the following:

an annual, non-tax deductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents payable to the federal government based on each company’s market share of prior year total sales of branded products to certain federal healthcare programs;

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs in certain states;

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries under their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

Index to Financial Statements
a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

The financial impact of the ACA over the next few years will depend on a number of factors including but not limited to the policies reflected in implementing regulations and guidance and changes in sales volumes for products affected by the new system of rebates, discounts and fees.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional action is taken by Congress. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period in which the government may recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their commercial products. The implementation of cost containment measuresthese penalties or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being ablecommercial limitations could negatively impact our collaboration with Janssen or cause Janssen to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We expect that additional stateterminate the Janssen License and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, anyCollaboration Agreement, either of which could limit the amounts that federalwould materially and state governments will pay for healthcare therapies, which could result in reduced demand for our peptide-based product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to judicial and Congressional challenges. In January 2017, Congress voted to adopt a budget resolution for fiscal year 2017, that while not a law, is widely viewed as the first step toward the passage of legislation that would repeal certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. Further, on January 20, 2017, President Trump signed an Executive Order directing federal agencies with authorities and responsibilities under the Affordable Care Act to waive, defer, grant exemptions from, or delay the implementation of any provision of the Affordable Care Act that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Congress also could consider subsequent legislation to replace elements of the Affordable Care Act that are repealed. Thus, the full impact of the Affordable Care Act, or any law replacing elements of it, on our business remains unclear. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our drugs.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have also been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.business, financial condition and results of operations.

In some countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidate. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and

Index to Financial Statements

other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries, can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our executive officers and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific, medical and regulatory personnel. We are highly dependent on our existing senior management team, especially Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, David Y. Liu, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Research and Development, Richard S. Shames, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer, Tom O’Neil, our Chief Financial Officer and William Hodder, our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development. We are not aware of any present intention of any of these individuals to leave us.team. In order to induce valuable employees to continue their employment with us, we have provided stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time is significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control and may at any time be insufficient to maintain retention incentives or counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. All of our employees may terminate their employment with us at any time, with or without notice. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees and our inability to find suitable replacements would harm our research and development efforts, our collaboration efforts, as well as our business, financial condition and prospects. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and experienced personnel with scientific, medical, regulatory, manufacturing and management training and skills.

We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for a limited number of qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses. Many of the other biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. Our competitors may provide higher compensation or more diverse opportunities and better opportunities for career advancement. Any or all of these competing factors may limit our ability to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, which could negatively affect our ability to successfully develop and commercialize peptide-based product candidates and to grow our business and operations as currently contemplated.

We willmay need to expand the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2016,2019, we had 3573 full-time employees, including 2754 employees engaged in research and development. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop and we continue to operate as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, scientific, sales, marketing, development, regulatory, manufacturing, financial and other resources. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

·

designing and managing our clinical trials effectively;

·

identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;

·

managing our manufacturing and development efforts effectively; and

designing and managing our clinical trials effectively;

47

identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;

managing our manufacturing and development efforts effectively;

Index to Financial Statements
improving our managerial, development, operational and financial systems and controls; and

expanding our facilities.

·

improving our managerial, development, operational and financial systems and controls.

As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage relationships with strategic collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, suppliers, vendors and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. We may not be successful in accomplishing these tasks in growing our company, and our failure to accomplish any of them could adversely affect our business and operations.

Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business.

Our business is increasingly dependent on critical, complex and interdependent information technology systems, including Internet-based systems, to support business processes as well as internal and external communications. The size and complexity of our internal computer systems and those of our CROs, contract manufacturers, collaboration partner, and other third parties on which we rely may make them potentially vulnerable to breakdown, telecommunications and electrical failures, malicious intrusion and computer viruses that may result in the impairment of key business processes. In addition, our systems are potentially vulnerable to data security breaches—whetherbreaches-whether by employees or others—thatothers-that may expose sensitive data to unauthorized persons. Such data security breaches could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property or could lead to the public exposure of personally identifiable information (including sensitive personal information) of our employees, collaborators, clinical trial patients, and others. A data security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of or prevents access to patient information, including personally identifiable information or protected health information, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws, subject us to mandatory corrective action, require us to verify the correctness of database contents and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent such data security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, our operations could be disrupted, and we may suffer loss of reputation, financial loss and other regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information, including sensitive patient data. In addition, these breaches and other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm of the type described above. Moreover, the prevalent use of mobile devices that access confidential information increases the risk of data security breaches, which could lead to the loss of confidential information, trade secrets or other intellectual property. While we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems, such measures may not prevent such events. Any such disruptions and breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on the development of our product candidates as well as our business and financial condition.

Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, employment practices liability, property, cyber, auto liability, workers’ compensation, clinical trial, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage.coverage to insure risks which could arise from our operations. Any significant uninsured liabilitylosses or liabilities may require us to pay substantial amounts from corporate cash intended to fund operations, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials

Index to Financial Statements

and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations alsomaterials, and produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

48

If we, or our contractors or agents are unable to comply with federal, state and county environmental and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling of biohazardous materials, chemicals and various radioactive compounds, considerable additional costs or liabilities could be assessed that would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. We, our collaborators, contractors or agents may be required to incur significant costs to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations and may be adversely affected by the cost of compliance with these laws and regulations.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) FDA laws and regulations or those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and third-parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of any of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our peptide-based product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to stop development or, if approved, limit commercialization of our peptide-based product candidates.

Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

·

delay or termination of clinical studies;

·

injury to our reputation;

·

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

delay or termination

49

injury to our reputation;

·

initiation of investigations by regulators;

·

costs to defend the related litigation;

·

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

·

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

·

decreased demand for our peptide-based product candidates;

·

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

·

loss of revenue from product sales; and

·

Index to Financial Statements
withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

initiation of investigations by regulators;

costs to defend the related litigation;

a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

decreased demand for our peptide-based product candidates;

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

loss of revenue from product sales; and

the inability to commercialize any our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the development or commercialization of our peptide-based product candidates. We currently carry clinical trial liability insurance for our clinical trials. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct a substantial portion of the clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. If approved, we may commercialize our product candidates abroad. We will thus be subject to the risks of doing business outside of the United States.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct, a substantial portion of our clinical trials outside of the United States and, if approved, we intend to also market our peptide-based product candidates outside of the United States. We are thus subject to risks associated with doing business outside of the United States. With respect to our peptide-based product candidates, we may choose to partner with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems outside of the United States or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, which would indirectly expose us to these risks. Our business and financial results in the future could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors associated with conducting development and marketing of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved, outside of the United States, including:

Medical standard of care and diagnostic criteria may differ in foreign jurisdictions, which may impact our ability to enroll and successfully complete trials designed for U.S. marketing;

efforts to develop an international sales, marketing and distribution organization may increase our expenses, divert our management’s attention from the acquisition or development of peptide-based product candidates or cause us to forgo profitable licensing opportunities in these geographies;

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;

unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;

trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements such as Export Administration Regulations promulgated by the US Department of Commerce and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges;

Index to Financial Statements
regulations under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws;

the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and

significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could make the cost of our clinical trials, to the extent conducted outside of the US, more expensive.

Our headquarters and certain of our data storage facilities are located near known earthquake fault zones. The occurrence of an earthquake, fire or any other catastrophic event could disrupt our operations or the operations of third parties who provide vital support functions to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We and some of the third party service providers on which we depend for various support functions, such as data storage, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our corporate headquarters and other facilities are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, which in the past has experienced severe earthquakes and fires.

We do not carry earthquake insurance. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, damaged critical infrastructure, such as our data storage facilities or financial systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. We do not have a disaster recovery and business continuity plan in place. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the absence or limited nature of our internal or third party service provider disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our development plans and business.

50

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly-approvednewly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our peptide-based product candidates could limit our ability to generate revenue.

The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford medications and therapies. Sales of any of our peptide-based product candidates that receive marketing approval will depend substantially, both in the United States and internationally, on the extent to which the costs of our peptide-based product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain adequate pricing that will allow us to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new products are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), an agency within the United States Department of Health and Human Services.. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree.degree, but also have their own methods and approval process. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement can differ significantly from payor to payor. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for novel products such as ours since there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS.

Index to Financial Statements

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada and other countries may cause us to price our tablet vaccineproduct candidates on less favorable terms than we currently anticipate. In many countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our peptide-based product candidates to other available therapies. In general, the prices of products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our peptide-based product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and internationally, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our tablet vaccine candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products into the healthcare market.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates and technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

We rely upon a combination of patent protection, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates and technologies. The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions. The patent applications that we own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in other foreign countries, or they may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or technologies in the United States or in other foreign

51

countries. There is no assurance that all the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patent and patent applications has been found, which can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents have been issued, or do successfully issue, from our patent applications, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patent and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates and technologies, or prevent others from designing around our claims.

If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent and patent applications we hold, obtain or pursue with respect to our product candidates and technologies is challenged, or if they fail to provide meaningful exclusivity for our product candidates and technologies, it could threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates and technologies. Several patent applications covering our product candidates and technologies have been filed recently.filed. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue, the breadth of any such patent, or whether any issued patents will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties. Any successful opposition or other challenge to these patents or any other

Index to Financial Statements

patents owned by or, if applicable in the future, licensed to us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of any product candidates and technologies that we may develop. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials or in gaining regulatory approval, the period of time during which we could market any of our product candidates under patent protection, if approved, would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates and technologies. Furthermore, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party or instituted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications.

In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from generic medications. For example, our granted U.S. patents covering PN-943 and PTG-200 expire in 2035, and our granted U.S. patent covering PTG-300 expires in 2034. In addition, although upon issuance in the United States the life of a patent can be increased based on certain delays caused by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”), this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials or in gaining regulatory approval, the period of time during which we could market any of our product candidates under patent protection, if approved, would be reduced.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patent and other intellectual property rights, especially those relating to life sciences. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, to the same extent as federal and state laws of the United States. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing. Also, if our trade secrets are disclosed in a foreign jurisdiction, competitors worldwide could have access to our proprietary information and we may be without satisfactory recourse. Such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business. If, in the future, we obtain licenses from third parties, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications or to maintain any patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. We may also require the cooperation of our licensors to enforce any licensed patent rights, and such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our

52

business. Moreover, if we do obtain necessary licenses, we will likely have obligations under those licenses, and any failure to satisfy those obligations could give our licensor the right to terminate the license. Termination of a necessary license could have a material adverse impact on our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary know-how or if competitors independently develop viable competing products, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

While we hold two issued patents and have filed patent applications to protect certain aspects of our product candidates, we also rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary scientific, business and technical information and know-how that is not or may not be patentable or that we elect not to patent. For example, we primarily rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our peptide therapeutics technology platform. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market. If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary know-how or if competitors independently develop viable competing products, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We seek to protect our proprietary information, data and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and partners. Although these agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Although we require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and endeavor to execute confidentiality agreements with all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how and other confidential information related to such technology, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all third parties who may have helped to develop our intellectual property or who had access to our proprietary information, nor can be we certain that our agreements will not be breached. If any of the parties to these confidentiality agreements breaches or violates the terms of such agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets as a result.

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and know-how by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we

Index to Financial Statements

have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets.

Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets, like patent litigation, is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. We cannot guarantee that our employees, former employees or consultants will not file patent applications claiming our inventions. Because of the “first-to-file” laws in the United States, such unauthorized patent application filings may defeat our attempts to obtain patents on our own inventions.

Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect as trade secrets and know-how will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles, and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from company to company or academic to industry scientific positions. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Even if we are able to adequately protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or could be independently discovered by our competitors. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own

53

competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, in the absence of patent protection, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If our trade secrets are not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products, others may be able to exploit our proprietary peptide product candidate discovery technologies to identify and develop competing product candidates, and thus our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our issued patentpatents or any patents issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable or may refuse to stop the other party in such infringement proceeding from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly, and could put any of our patent applications at risk of not yielding an issued patent.

Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us, the PTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority or ownership of inventions with respect to our patent or patent applications. Our defense of litigation, interference or derivation proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on

Index to Financial Statements

commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Our defense

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, or interference proceedingswe may fail and,conclude that even if successful,a third party is infringing our issued patents, any patents that may be issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in substantial costs and distractthe best interest of our management andcompany or our stockholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other employees.non-litigious action or solution.

We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property, trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Any issued patents covering our product candidates, including any patent that may issue as a result of our pending or future patent applications, could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court in the United States or abroad.

If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates or technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the U.S.,United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent.commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition or derivation proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect our product candidates or technologies. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is

54

unpredictable. With respect to the validity of our patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware of during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

The lives of any patents issuedAs more groups become engaged in scientific research and product development in fields related to our product candidates, such as a resultIL-23R, the risk of our pendingpatents, or futurepatents that we have in-licensed, being challenged through patent applicationsinterferences, derivation proceedings, oppositions, re-examinations, litigation or other means will likely increase. An adverse outcome in a patent dispute could have a material adverse effect on our business by:

·

causing us to lose patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction(s);

·

subjecting us to litigation, or otherwise preventing Janssen or us from commercializing PTG-200 or other product candidates in the relevant jurisdiction(s);

·

requiring Janssen or us to obtain licenses to the disputed patents;

·

forcing Janssen or us to cease using the disputed technology; or

·

requiring Janssen or us to develop or obtain alternative technologies.

An adverse outcome in a patent dispute could severely harm our collaboration with Janssen or cause Janssen to terminate the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement.

Intellectual property disputes could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, with or without merit, are unpredictable and generally expensive and time-consuming and, even if resolved in our favor, are likely to divert significant resources from our core business, including distracting our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be sufficientable to effectively protectprevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating or from successfully challenging our productsintellectual property rights. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and business.

Patentscontinuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective filing date. Although various extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from generic medications. If patents are issuedmaterial adverse effect on our pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projectedability to expire on dates ranging from 2022 to 2035. In addition, although upon issuancecompete in the United States the life of a patent can be increased based on certain delays caused by the USPTO, this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our products, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.marketplace.

Competitors could enter the market with generic versions of our product candidates, which may result in a material decline in sales of our product candidates.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may file an abbreviated new drug application or ANDA,(“ANDA”), seeking approval of a generic copy of an approved innovator product. Under theHatch-Waxman Act, a manufacturer may also submit an NDA under section 505(b)(2) that references the FDA’s

Index to Financial Statements

finding of safety and effectiveness of a previously approved drug. A 505(b)(2) NDA product may be for a new or improved version of the original innovator product. Innovative small molecule drugs may be eligible for certain periods of regulatory exclusivity (e.g., five years for new chemical entities, three years for changes to an approved drug requiring a new clinical study, seven years for orphan drugs), which preclude FDA approval (or in some circumstances, FDA filing and review of) an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA relying on the FDA’s finding of safety and effectiveness for the innovative drug. In addition to the benefits of regulatory exclusivity, an innovator NDA holder may have patents claiming the active ingredient, product formulation or an approved use of the drug, which would be listed with the product in the FDA publication, “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” known as the “Orange Book.” If there are patents listed in the Orange Book, a generic applicant that seeks to market its product before expiration of the patents must

55

include in the ANDA or 505(b)(2) what is known as a “Paragraph IV certification,” challenging the validity or enforceability of, or claiming non-infringement of, the listed patent or patents. Notice of the certification must be given to the innovator, too, and if within 45 days of receiving notice the innovator sues to protect its patents, approval of the ANDA is stayed for 30 months, or as lengthened or shortened by the court.

Accordingly, if our product candidates are approved, competitors could file ANDAs for generic versions of our product candidates, or 505(b)(2) NDAs that reference our product candidates. If there are patents listed for our product candidates in the Orange Book, those ANDAs and 505(b)(2) NDAs would be required to include a certification as to each listed patent indicating whether the ANDA applicant does or does not intend to challenge the patent. We cannot predict whether any patents issuing from our pending patent applications will be eligible for listing in the Orange Book, how any generic competitor would address such patents, whether we would sue on any such patents, or the outcome of any such suit.

We may not be successful in securing or maintaining proprietary patent protection for products and technologies we develop or license. Moreover, if any patents that are granted and listed in the Orange Book are successfully challenged by way of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent litigation, the affected product could more immediately face generic competition and its sales would likely decline materially. Should sales decline, we may have to write off a portion or all of the intangible assets associated with the affected product and our results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Third party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our drug discovery and development efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our drug candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing or otherwise violating the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, derivation proceedings, post grant reviews, inter partes reviews, and reexamination proceedings before the PTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates, and there may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates and technologies. Third parties, including our competitors, may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their patent or other intellectual property rights. Given the vast number of patents in our field of technology, we cannot assure you that marketing of our product candidates or practice of our technologies will not infringe existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing, and because pending patent claims can be revised before issuance, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that may be infringed by the practice of our peptide therapeutics technology platform or the manufacture, use or sale of our product candidates. If a patent holder believes our product candidates or technologies infringe on its patent, the patent

Index to Financial Statements

holder may sue us even if we have received patent protection for our product candidates and technologies. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that our product candidates or technologies infringe upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product or formulation itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expandour industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates or technologies may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further practice our technologies or develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. Even if we are successful in defending against any infringement claims, litigation is expensive and time-consuming and is likely to divert management’s attention and substantial resources from our core business, which could harm our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement (which may include situations in which we had knowledge of an issued patent but nonetheless proceeded with activity which infringed such patent), limit our uses, pay royalties or redesign our infringing product candidates, which may be impossible or require substantial

56

time and monetary expenditure. We may choose to seek, or may be required to seek, a license from the third-party patent holder and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both, each of which could be substantial. These licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, however, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights we obtain may be nonexclusive, which would provide our competitors access to the same intellectual property rights upon which we are forced to rely. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In such an event, we would be unable to further practice our technologies or develop and commercialize any of our product candidates at issue, which could harm our business significantly.

We may not identify relevant third party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third party patent which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third party patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, weWe may not be successful in a positionobtaining or maintaining necessary rights to enforceprotect our product candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses. We may find that our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties or the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license compositions, methods of use, processes or other third party intellectual property rights againstfrom third parties.

Becauseparties we identify as necessary for our product candidates. The licensing and acquisition of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our issued patent, any patents that may be issued on as a result of our pending or future patent applications or

Index to Financial Statements

other intellectual property rights the risk-adjusted costis a competitive area, and a number of bringing and enforcing suchmore established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a claim or actioncompetitor may be too highunwilling to assign or not in the best interest of our companylicense rights to us. We also may be unable to license or our shareholders. In such cases, we may decideacquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

Intellectual property disputes could causewould allow us to spend substantial resources and distractmake an appropriate return on our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relatinginvestment. Even if we are able to obtain a license to intellectual property claims, with or without merit, is unpredictable and generally expensive and time-consuming and, even if resolved in our favor, is likely to divert significant resources from our core business, including distracting our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Accordingly, despite our efforts,interest, we may not be able to preventsecure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating or from successfully challenging our intellectual property rights. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We may not be able to protect ourparty intellectual property rights throughoutor maintain the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and ourexisting intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. Many companieswe have, encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The requirements for patentability differ, in varying degrees, from country to country. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patent and other intellectual property rights, especially those relating to life sciences. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, to the same extent as federal and state laws of the United States. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of any patents we obtain or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, regardless of whether successful, would result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in our expected significant markets, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wishhave to market our product candidates. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates in allabandon development of our expected significant foreign markets.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patentsthat program and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

business and financial condition could suffer.

Index to Financial Statements

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Similarly, if our trade secrets are disclosed in a foreign jurisdiction, competitors worldwide could have access to our proprietary information and we may be without satisfactory recourse. Such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The PTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the PTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals and rely on such third parties to help us comply with these requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to the patent and patent applications that we own, and if we in-license intellectual property we may have to rely upon our licensors to comply with these

57

requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to any patents and patent applications that we license. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Leahy-Smith Act)(“Leahy-Smith Act”) was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will beare prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The PTO is currently developinghas developed regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, andbut many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, did not become effective until March 2013, 18 months after its enactment. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patentpatents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Index to Financial Statements

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

·

others may be able to make compounds that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our issued patents or any pending patent applications we may have;

·

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents or pending patent applications that we own or co-own;

·

we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering an invention;

·

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

·

pending patent applications that we own or co-own may not lead to issued patents;

·

the issued patents that we own or any issued patents that we license may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

·

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

·

we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

others may be able to make compounds that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims

58

we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own;

·

we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering an invention;

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

pending patent applications that we own or license may not lead to issued patents;

the issued patent that we own or any issued patents that we license may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of former or other employers.

Many of our employees and consultants, including our senior management and our scientific founders, have been employed or retained at universities or by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including potential competitors. Some of our employees and consultants, including each member of our senior management and each of our scientific founders, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment or retention. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees, consultants or consultantsindependent contractors have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s or consultant’s former or other employer. We are not aware of any threatened or pending claims related to these matters or concerning the agreements with our senior management or scientific founders, but in the future litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our issued patent,patents, any patents issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our issued patent,patents, any patents issued as a result of our pending or future applications or

Index to Financial Statements

other intellectual property. For example, we work with third-party contractors in formulating and manufacturing our product candidates. While we believe we have all rights to any intellectual property related to our product candidates, a third party-contractor may claim they have ownership rights. We have had in the past, and we may also have in the future, ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates and technologies. For example, some of our consultants are employees of the University of Queensland. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any

Some of our intellectual property was generated through government funded programs and thus may be subject to federal regulations such claims, in additionas “march-in” rights, certain reporting requirements and a preference for U.S.-based companies. Compliance with such regulations may limit our exclusive rights and limit our ability to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuablecontract with non-U.S. manufacturers.

Some of our intellectual property rights such as exclusive ownershipwere generated through the use of U.S. government funding and are therefore subject to certain federal regulations. As a result, the U.S. government may have certain rights to intellectual property embodied in our current or future product candidates pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980, or Bayh-Dole Act, and implementing regulations.  These U.S. government rights in certain inventions developed under a government-funded program include a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable worldwide license to use inventions for any governmental purpose. In addition, the U.S. government has the right to require us or our licensors to grant exclusive, partially exclusive, or non-exclusive licenses to any of these inventions to a third party if it determines that: (i) adequate steps have not been taken to commercialize the invention; (ii) government action is necessary to meet public health or safety needs; or (iii) government action is necessary to meet requirements for public use valuableunder federal regulations (also referred to as “march-in rights”). The U.S. government also has the right to take title to these inventions if we, or the applicable licensor, fail to disclose the invention to the government and fail to file an application to register the intellectual property within specified time limits.  These time limits have recently been changed by regulation and may change in the future.  Intellectual property generated under a government funded program is also subject to certain reporting requirements, compliance with which may require us or the applicable licensor to expend substantial resources. In addition, the U.S. government requires that any products embodying the subject invention or produced through the use of the subject invention be manufactured substantially in the United States. The manufacturing preference

59

requirement can be waived if the owner of the intellectual property can show that reasonable but unsuccessful efforts have been made to grant licenses on similar terms to potential licensees that would be likely to manufacture substantially in the United States or that under the circumstances domestic manufacture is not commercially feasible. This preference for U.S. manufacturers may limit our ability to contract with non-U.S. product manufacturers for products covered by such intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect onTo the extent any of our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.current or future intellectual property is generated through the use of U.S. government funding, the provisions of the Bayh-Dole Act may similarly apply.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we expect to rely on third parties in the development and manufacture of our product candidates, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates and failure to secure such registrations could adversely affect our business.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the PTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.

Index to Financial Statements

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to our product candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We may find that our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties or the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license compositions, methods of use, processes or other third party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our product candidates. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, financial resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment. Even if we are able to obtain a license to intellectual property of interest, we may not be able to secure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of that program and our business and financial condition could suffer.

Any collaboration arrangements that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

We may seek collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our product candidates depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into collaboration arrangements. We will face, to the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time-consuming to negotiate, document, implement and maintain. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we so chose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

Any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities;

we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

Index to Financial Statements
collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products;

collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and

a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The tradingOur stock price of our common stock has been,fluctuated in the past and is likely to be highly volatile in the future. The stock market in general and could be subjectthe market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to wide fluctuationsthe operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control.common stock. In addition to the factors discussed in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this quarterly report,Annual Report on Form 10-K, these factors include, but are not limited to:

any delay in the commencement, enrollment and ultimate completion

60

·

the success of competitive products or technologies;

·

regulatory actions with respect to our product candidates or our competitors’ products and product candidates;

·

actual or anticipated results in our clinical trials or those of our competitors;

·

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

·

disputes or developments concerning patent applications or other proprietary rights;

·

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

·

adverse regulatory decisions;

·

our dependence on third parties, including CROs as well as manufacturers;

·

our failure to successfully commercialize any of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved;

·

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

·

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

·

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

·

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

·

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

·

the trading volume of our common stock;

·

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, timelines or recommendations by analysts;

·

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

·

conditions or trends in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries; and

·

general political and economic conditions.

actual or anticipated results in our clinical trials or those of our competitors;

positive outcomes, or faster development results than expected, by parties developing peptide-based product candidates that are competitive with our peptide-based product candidates, as well as approval of any such competitive peptide-based product candidates;

failure to successfully develop commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities;

unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of any of our peptide-based product candidates;

failure to secure collaboration agreements for our peptide-based product candidates or actual or perceived unfavorable terms of such agreements;

adverse regulatory decisions;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;

disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our peptide-based product candidates;

our dependence on third parties, including CROs as well as manufacturers;

our failure to successfully commercialize any of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved;

additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

failure to meet or exceed any financial guidance or development timelines that we may provide to the public;

Index to Financial Statements
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

failure to meet or exceed the estimates and projections of the investment community;

overall performance of the equity markets and other factors that may be unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors, including changes in market valuations of similar companies;

conditions or trends in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries;

announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and manage such growth;

issuances of debt or equity securities;

significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

trading volume of our common stock;

publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

general political and economic conditions; and

effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and The NASDAQ Global Market and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Volatility in our share price could subject us to securities class action litigation.

Securities class action litigations have often been brought against companies following a decline in the market price of their securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

61

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of December 31, 2016, ourOur executive officers, directors holdersand current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our capitalcommon stock, and their respective affiliatesin the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 78%own a significant percentage of our outstanding common stock. Therefore, these stockholdersThese persons, acting together, will have substantial influence and may be able to determinesignificantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, theseapproval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger or other significant corporate transactions. The interests of this group of stockholders may be able to control electionsnot coincide with the interests of directors, amendmentsother stockholders.

Future sales of our organizational documents,common stock may depress our share price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. At December 31, 2019, we had a total of 27,217,649 shares of common stock outstanding, notwithstanding any potential exercises of outstanding options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan.

If additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Any sales of securities by our stockholders could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, in the future we may issue common stock or other securities, including sales of common stock pursuant to our Sales Agreement. The number of shares of our new common stock issued in connection with raising additional capital could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act and for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any merger, salegolden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain an emerging growth company, and thus may continue to rely on these exemptions, until the earlier of assets,(1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or other major corporate transaction. This concentration of voting power could, among other things, delay or prevent an acquisition(c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our companycommon stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on terms that other stockholderswhich we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our choices to reduce disclosure, there may desire, which in turn could depressbe a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the board of directors or management.

be more volatile.

Index to Financial Statements

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

Prior to the IPO, we were a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The first material weakness related to a deficiency in the operation of our internal controls over the accounting for non-routine, complex equity transactions, which resulted in material post-closing adjustments to the convertible preferred stock, additional paid-in capital, interest expense, and gain from modification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock balances in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our lack of adequate accounting personnel has resulted in the identification of a second material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Specifically, we did not, and have not historically, appropriately designed and implemented controls over the review and approval of manual journal entries and the related supporting journal entry calculations.

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm has performed or was required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in according with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have taken steps to remediate the material weaknesses, including increasing the depth and experience within our accounting and finance organization, and implemented an approval process related to manual journal entries and the related supporting journal entry calculations. In addition, we are continuing to work on designing and implementing additional improved processes and internal controls. While we intend to implement a plan to remediate the material weaknesses, we have not completed the implementation of this plan as of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, we continue to have the material weaknesses as of December 31, 2016. We can give no assurance that our current and planned implementation will remediate this deficiency in internal control or that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will beare required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 404), to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ending December 31, 2017.reporting. This assessment will needneeds to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first Annual Report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”)company”.  At such time as we are required to obtain auditor attestation, if we then have a

62

material weakness, we would receive an adverse opinion regarding our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered accounting firm.

We have begun the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, and we may not be able to complete our

Index to Financial Statements

evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Our compliance with Section 404 will requirerequires that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compilecontinue the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processprocessing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not complete our continued evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.

During our evaluation of our internal control, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or fail to remediate our currentany material weaknesses, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ,Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company, and thus may continue to rely on these exemptions, until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior September 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

Index to Financial Statements

Future sales of our common stock may depress our share price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. At December 31, 2016, we had outstanding a total of 16,722,280 shares of common stock, notwithstanding any potential exercises of outstanding options. If additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Any sales of securities by our stockholders could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, in the future we may issue common stock or other securities if we need to raise additional capital. The number of our new common stock issued in connection with raising additional capital could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to maintain compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as a public company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to director independence, distributing annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, approvals and voting, soliciting proxies, conflicts of interest and a code of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements, and we will likely need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, the reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that

Index to Financial Statements

these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision- makingdecision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

During the course of our review and testing, we may identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, since we have material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company we will beare required to file accurate and timely quarterlyQuarterly and Annual Reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business.

NASDAQAny changes to existing accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices may cause adverse fluctuations in our reported results of operations or affect how we conduct our business.

A change in accounting pronouncements or taxation rules or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements, taxation rules and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements or taxation rules have occurred in the past and may occur in the future. The change to existing rules, future changes, if any, or the need for us

63

to modify a current tax or accounting position may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market. We cannot assure you that, in the future, our securities will meet the continued listing requirements to be listed on The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market. If The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market delists our common stock, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

·

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

·

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

·

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. In the event one or more of the analysts who cover us

Index to Financial Statements

downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could be adversely affected. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, and we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us generally.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into and will enter into with our directors and officers provide that:

we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;

we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;

we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;

we will not be obligated pursuant to our bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification;

the rights conferred in our bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and

we may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

As a result, if we are required to indemnify one or more of our directors or executive officers, it may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us, may reduce the amount of money available to us and may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock would be your sole source of gain on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in

Index to Financial Statements

which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.

64

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our board of directors has certain characteristics whichProvisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may delayprevent or prevent afrustrate attempts by our stockholders to change of our management or hinder efforts to acquire a changecontrolling interest in control.

Our boardus, and the market price of directors has the following characteristics whichour common stock may delay or prevent a change of management or a change in control:

our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

our stockholders may not act by written consent or call special stockholders’ meetings;be lower as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to take certain actions other than at annual stockholders’ meetings or special stockholders’ meetings called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer;
result.

There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation does not provideand bylaws that may make it difficult for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholdersa third party to elect director candidates;

stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in orderacquire, or attempt to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtainacquire, control of our company; and

company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by our stockholders. Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, such as:

·

our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director;

·

our stockholders may not act by written consent or call special stockholders’ meetings;

·

our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors;

·

stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting; and

·

our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibit a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Any provision in our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of undesignated preferred stock;our common stock, and could also affect the abilityprice that some investors are willing to issue undesignated preferred stock makes it possiblepay for our boardcommon stock.

65

The recently passed comprehensive tax reform bill could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

In December 2017, the Tax Act was enacted which significantly changes the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”). The Tax Act, among other things, contains significant changes to issue preferredcorporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rates; limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense for net operating losses generated after 2017; limitation of the deduction to 80% of current year taxable income; indefinite carryforward of net operating losses and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks; changes in the treatment of offshore earnings regardless of whether they are repatriated; mandatory capitalization of research and development expenses beginning in 2022; immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time; further deduction limits on executive compensation; and modifying, repealing and creating many other business deductions and credits, including the reduction in the orphan drug credit from 50% to 25% of qualifying expenditures. We continue to examine the impact this tax reform legislation may have on our business. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. The impact of this tax reform on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. This Annual Report does not discuss any such tax legislation or the manner in which it might affect us or our stockholders in the future. We urge our stockholders to consult with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempttheir legal and tax advisors with respect to acquire us.

such legislation.

Index to Financial Statements

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history. We do not anticipate generating revenue from sales of products for the foreseeable future, if ever, and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage points change (by value) in its equity ownership over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. limitedWe have not completed our analysis to determine what, if any, impact any prior ownership change has had on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. As of December 31, 2016,2019, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $48.0$164.1 million that could be limited if we have experienced, or if in the future we experience, an ownership change, which could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

Provisions under Delaware lawWe may have additional tax liabilities.

Our effective income tax rate in the future could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including: interpretations of existing tax laws, changes in tax laws and California law could make an acquisitionrates, future levels of research and development expenditures, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, our ability to use some or all of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current managementaccumulated net operating losses, changes in accounting standards and limit the market priceother items. The impact of our common stock.

Because weincome tax provision resulting from these items may be significant and could have a negative impact on our net operating results. We are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any holder of at least 15% of our capital stock for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder acquired at least 15% of our common stock. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in California, the anti-takeover provisions of the California Corporations Code may applyalso subject to us under certain circumstances now ornon-income based taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, property, and goods and services taxes in the future.United States. We may have additional exposure to non-income based tax liabilities.

We are regularly subject to audits by tax authorities in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Although we believe our tax positions are reasonable, the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation could be materially different than that reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals, and we could be subject to assessments of additional taxes and/or substantial fines or penalties. The resolution of any audits or litigation could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. We and our subsidiary are engaged in intercompany transactions, the terms and conditions of which may be scrutinized by tax authorities, which could result in additional tax and/or penalties becoming due.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

66

Item 2.Properties

Item 2.Properties 

We lease approximately 11,372 square feet of office and laboratory space in Milpitas, California, under a lease that expires in April 2018, with options to extend the lease for a period of three years. In March 2017, we entered into a seven year lease for approximately 42,877 square feet of office and laboratory space in Newark, California and intend to relocate our operations to the facilityunder a lease agreement that expires in July 2017.May 2024. We believe that our existing and new facilities and arrangements are adequate to meet our business needs for at least the next 12 months and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

From time to time, weItem 3.Legal Proceedings

We may become subject to litigation and claimsbe involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

67

PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock began trading on The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market on August 11, 2016 and trades under the symbol “PTGX.” Prior to such time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth

Stockholders

As of the rangeclose of high and low quarterly sales prices per sharebusiness on February 28, 2020, there were 2 stockholders of record of our common stock forstock. The number of stockholders of record is based upon the periods noted, as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market:

   Prices 
   High   Low 

2016

    

Third Quarter (from August 11, 2016)

  $22.56   $10.02 

Fourth Quarter

  $26.36   $17.45 

On March 2, 2017, the last reported sale price on The NASDAQ Global Market for our common stock was $14.17.

Holders

Asactual number of February 28, 2017, we had approximately 25 recordstockholders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associates, or corporations, or other entities identified in security listings maintained by depositories.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends. We currently expect to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our common stock.business, and therefore do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Performance Graph

The following is not deemed “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing we make under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation by reference language in such filing. The graph below matches shows the cumulative total stockholder return assuming the investment on the date specified in each of our common stock, the NASDAQNasdaq Composite Index, the NASDAQNasdaq Biotechnology Index, and the NASDAQNasdaq Pharmaceutical Index. The graph tracks the

68

performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each index (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from August 11, 2016 to December 31, 2016.2019. 

Picture 4

Index to Financial Statements
   8/11/16   8/16   9/16   10/16   11/16   12/16 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

  $100.00   $102.65   $180.60   $160.68   $213.25   $187.95 

NASDAQ Composite

  $100.00   $101.09   $103.02   $100.53   $103.15   $104.35 

NASDAQ Biotechnology

  $100.00   $97.26   $99.49   $88.67   $94.20   $91.84 

NASDAQ Pharmaceutical

  $100.00   $97.62   $98.65   $88.43   $93.61   $91.40 

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance

Recent SalesSale of Unregistered Securities

(1) In August 2016, upon the closingNone.

Repurchases of our IPO, all 124,374,909 sharesShares or of our then-outstanding convertible preferred stock converted into 8,577,571 shares of common stock. The issuance of such shares of common stock was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 3(a)(9) and Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

(2) From January 1, 2016 through the date of closing of our IPO, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 644,270 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging between $1.16 and $6.09 to a total of 36 employees, directors and consultants under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. From January 1, 2016 through the date of the closing of our IPO, options to purchase an aggregate of 111,501 shares of common stock were exercised.

The offers, sales, and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (2) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 thereunder as offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701.

Issuer Purchases ofCompany Equity Securities

None.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends. We currently expect to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion

69

Initial Public Offering

Use of Proceeds

On August 10, 2016, our registration statements on Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-212476 and 333-213071) relating to the IPO became effective. The IPO closed on August 16, 2016 at which time we issued 7,500,000 shares of our common stock at an initial offering price of $12.00 per share. On September 9, 2016, we issued an additional of 252,972 shares of common stock at a price of $12.00 per share following the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. We received an aggregate of $83.6 million in cash, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, and after deducting offering costs paid by us. None of the expenses associated with the IPO were paid to directors, officers, persons owning 10% or more of any class of equity securities, or to their associates, or to our affiliates.

Leerink Partners LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and BMO Capital Markets Corp. acted as the underwriters. Shares of our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market on August 11, 2016. The shares were registered under the Securities Act on registration statements on Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-212476 and333-213071). There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our IPO from that described in the prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act on August 10, 2016.

Index toItem 6.Selected Financial StatementsData
Item 6.Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019,  2018, and 20142017 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 20162019 and 20152018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data at December 31, 2014 has2017,  2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this report. The data set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K to fully understand factors that may affect the comparability of the information presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016 (1)

 

2015

 

 

(In thousands, except for share and per share data)

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

231

 

$

30,925

 

$

20,063

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Research and development

 

 

65,003

 

 

59,497

 

 

46,181

 

 

25,705

 

 

11,831

General and administrative

 

 

15,749

 

 

13,697

 

 

11,779

 

 

6,961

 

 

2,963

Total operating expenses

 

 

80,752

 

 

73,194

 

 

57,960

 

 

32,666

 

 

14,794

Loss from operations

 

 

(80,521)

 

 

(42,269)

 

 

(37,897)

 

 

(32,666)

 

 

(14,794)

Interest income

 

 

2,813

 

 

2,566

 

 

948

 

 

242

 

 

19

Interest expense

 

 

(169)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other expense, net

 

 

(1)

 

 

(20)

 

 

(8)

 

 

(34)

 

 

 —

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,719)

 

 

(83)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(77,878)

 

 

(39,723)

 

 

(36,957)

 

 

(37,177)

 

 

(14,858)

Income tax benefit

 

 

691

 

 

799

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

 

$

(37,177)

 

$

(14,858)

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (2)

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

 

$

(37,735)

 

$

(14,933)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

$

(2.98)

 

$

(1.74)

 

$

(2.09)

 

$

(5.80)

 

$

(59.32)

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

 

 

25,894,024

 

 

22,364,515

 

 

17,694,505

 

 

6,501,796

 

 

251,717

_______________________

(1)  The change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities consists of the remeasurement of the fair value of financial liabilities related to our obligation to sell additional redeemable convertible preferred stock shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones or approval of investors and warrants for the purchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The change of $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 was due to the settlement of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability in March 2016 and the fair value remeasurement of the outstanding warrant liability.

(2)  Net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting our net loss for the accretion of redeemable convertible preferred common stock, if any.

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
             2016              2015            2014           
   (In thousands, except for share and per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

  $25,705  $11,831  $7,459 

General and administrative

   6,961   2,963   1,860 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   32,666   14,794   9,319 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (32,666  (14,794  (9,319

Interest income

   242   19   16 

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

   (4,719  (83  (1,769

Other expense

   (34  —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(11,072
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $(37,735 $(14,933 $(11,218
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $(5.80 $(59.32 $(49.38
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   6,501,796   251,717   227,197 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 
   (In thousands) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

  $87,749  $11,923  $9,324 

Working capital

   76,809   11,080   8,563 

Total assets

   93,990   14,845   10,328 

Accumulated deficit

   (64,593  (27,416  (12,558

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   —     1,643   —   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   —     480   1,023 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   —     36,996   20,576 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   87,555   (27,400  (12,621

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 

(In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

133,017

 

$

128,853

 

$

155,459

 

$

87,749

 

$

11,923

Working capital

 

 

109,905

 

 

111,345

 

 

108,392

 

 

76,809

  

 

11,080

Total assets

 

 

154,917

 

 

139,472

 

 

163,734

 

 

93,990

  

 

14,845

Deferred revenue - related party

 

 

41,530

 

 

8,223

 

 

31,752

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Long-term debt

 

 

9,794

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

1,643

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

480

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

36,996

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(217,661)

 

 

(140,474)

 

 

(101,550)

 

 

(64,593)

  

 

(27,416)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

79,964

 

 

112,515

 

 

120,632

 

 

87,555

  

 

(27,400)

Index_______________________

(1)  We determined that our obligation to Financial Statementsissue additional shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock represented a freestanding financial instrument, which was accounted for as a liability. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. At the time of the exercise or expiration of the option, the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required.

(2) We accounted for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value upon issuance. At the end of each reporting period, changes in estimated fair value during the period were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. We continued to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or expiration on May 10, 2016, and no further remeasurement was required.

(3)  Following the closing of our initial public offering in August 2016, all outstanding shares of redeemable preferred stock converted to common stock and the related carrying value was reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital.

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and in other parts of this Annual Report.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company withthat utilizes a proprietary technology platform focused on discoveringto discover and developingdevelop novel peptide-based new chemical entities (“NCEs”)drugs to address significant unmet medical needs. needs and transform existing treatment paradigms for patients. We have three assets in various stages of clinical development derived from this platform, and we expect to report results from six different Phase 2 studies by the end of 2021.

Our primary focusmost advanced clinical asset, PTG-300, is on developing first-in-class peptide drugs that specifically target biological pathways also targeted by currently marketedan injectable antibody drugs. Compared to injectable antibody drugs, our oral peptides offer targeted deliveryhepcidin mimetic in development for the potential treatment of iron overload and other blood disorders. PTG-300 mimics the effect of the natural hormone hepcidin, but with greater potency, solubility and stability. Hepcidin is a key hormone in regulating iron equilibrium and is critical to the gastrointestinalproper development of red blood cells. We are currently developing PTG-300 for the treatment of ineffective erythropoiesis, chronic anemia and iron overload, with an initial focus on beta-thalassemia non-transfusion dependent (“GI”NTD”) tissue compartment, potentialand transfusion dependent (“TD”) patients where the primary endpoints are hemoglobin increases and transfusion burden reductions, respectively. PTG-300 has received an orphan drug designation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and European Union (“EU”) regulatory authorities for improved safety duethe treatment of beta-thalassemia. The FDA has granted Fast Track designation to minimal exposurePTG-300 for the treatment of beta-thalassemia. In the first quarter of 2019, we began dosing patients in a global Phase 2 study of PTG-300 in beta-thalassemia. Preliminary results from this Phase 2 study reported in the blood,fourth quarter of 2019 suggest that the dose related pharmacodynamic responses in lowering serum iron and improved conveniencetransferrin saturation (“TSAT”) warrant continued evaluation at higher and/or more frequent doses which will be required to evaluate the rate and compliance duedurability of clinical response in order to oral delivery. reach definitive conclusions. We expect to report clinical efficacy results from this Phase 2 study in 2020. We initiated a Phase 2 study in polycythemia vera (“PV”) in the third quarter of 2019 and a Phase 2 study in hereditary hemochromatosis (“HH”) in January 2020. We are working toward the initiation of an investigator-sponsored study (“IST”) of PTG-300 in patients with myelodysplastic syndromes (“MDS”) in the first half of 2020. Assuming PTG-300 shows clinical efficacy in one or more of the above indications, we intend to select our first indication in 2020 for a potential pivotal study to begin in 2021.

Our initial lead product candidates, PTG-100clinical assets PTG-200 and PTG-200,PN-943 are based on this approach, and we believe have the potential to transform the existing treatment paradigmorally delivered drugs currently in development for inflammatory bowel disease (“IBD”), a GIgastrointestinal (“GI”) disease consisting primarily of ulcerative colitis (“UC”) and Crohn’s disease (“CD”)., that block biological pathways currently targeted by marketed injectable antibody drugs. Our orally stable peptide approach offers targeted delivery to the GI tissue compartment. We believe that, compared to antibody drugs, these product candidates have the potential to provide improved safety due to minimal exposure in the blood, increased convenience and compliance due to oral delivery, and the opportunity for the earlier introduction of targeted oral therapy. As a result, if approved, they may transform the existing treatment paradigm for IBD. 

PTG-100PTG-200 (also referenced as JNJ-67864238) is an orally delivered gut-restricted Interleukin-23 receptor (“IL-23R”) antagonist for the treatment of IBD. In May 2017, we entered into a potential first-in-class oral,worldwide license and collaboration agreement with Janssen Biotech, Inc. (“Janssen”), a Johnson & Johnson company, to co-develop and co-detail PTG-200 and any second-generation compounds for all indications, including IBD. The agreement with Janssen was amended in May 2019 to expand the collaboration by supporting efforts towards second-generation IL-23R antagonists, triggering a $25.0 million milestone payment to us. In January 2020, as part of the expanded research collaboration, we announced the identification and nomination of an orally delivered, gut-restricted IL-23R antagonist peptide as a second-generation development candidate, triggering a $5.0 million milestone payment to us. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information. In 2018, we completed a Phase 1 clinical study to evaluate the safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of PTG-200 in healthy

72

volunteers. Janssen submitted a U.S. Investigational New Drug application (“IND”) for PTG-200 in CD during the second quarter of 2019, which took effect in July 2019. In collaboration with Janssen, we initiated a Phase 2 clinical study for PTG-200 in CD in the fourth quarter of 2019, with results expected in the first half of 2021.

PN-943 is an orally delivered, gut-restricted, alpha-4-beta-7 (“a4bα4β7”) integrin-specific antagonist peptide product candidatespecific integrin antagonist. We developed PN-943 as a potentially more potent orally delivered, gut-restricted α4β7 backup compound to PTG-100, our first-generation orally delivered gut-restricted α4β7 inhibitor that was being developed for treatment of UC. In 2019, we completed a Phase 1 single ascending dose (“SAD”) and multiple ascending dose (“MAD”) clinical study of PN-943 in healthy volunteers to evaluate safety, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. We reported results of the SAD part of the study during the second quarter of 2019 and the MAD part of the study during the third quarter of 2019. The pharmacodynamic results indicated that the administration of PN-943 was well tolerated, and results of target engagement were supportive of the higher potency of PN-943 as compared to PTG-100. We submitted a U.S. IND for PN-943 in December 2019, which is currently being evaluatedtook effect in a global Phase 2b study that is anticipated to enroll approximately 260 patients at about 100 clinical sites.January 2020. We anticipate completing this trialinitiating a Phase 2 proof of concept (“POC”) study in UC in the second quarter of 2020, with topline data expected in the second half of 2018. Our second lead product candidate, PTG-200, is a potential first-in-class oral Interleukin-23 receptor(“IL-23R”)2021. antagonist being developed initially for moderate-to-severe CD. Interleukin-23 is a protein produced by white blood cells that regulates inflammatory and immune functions. PTG-200 is currently in Investigational New Drug (“IND”) enabling studies, and we plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

Our clinical assets are all derived from our proprietary discovery platform. Our platform enables us to engineer novel, structurally constrained peptides have potential applicabilitythat retain key advantages of both orally delivered small molecules and injectable antibody drugs, while overcoming many of their limitations as therapeutic agents. Importantly, constrained peptides can be designed to alleviate the fundamental instability inherent in a wide range of therapeutic areas in additiontraditional peptides to GI diseases. Our first product candidate beyond IBD is PTG-300, an injectable hepcidin mimetic, which is currently in pre-clinical development. We plan to complete pre-clinical IND-enabling studies in PTG-300 in the first half of 2017 and complete a Phase 1 study in healthy normal volunteers by the end of 2017. PTG-300 has potential utility for the treatment of iron overload disorders,allow different delivery forms, such as transfusion-dependent ß-Thalassemia, hereditary hemochromatosis (“HH”)oral, subcutaneous, intravenous, and sickle cell disease (“SCD”), each of which may qualify for orphan designation.

rectal. We are currently researching additional potential oral and injectable peptide-basedcontinue to use our peptide technology platform to discover product candidates for a range of conditions including, but not restricted to GI diseases.against targets in disease areas with significant unmet medical needs.

Operations

We have not generated any revenue from product sales, and we do not currently have any products approved for commercialization. We have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since inception.inception and we do not anticipate achieving sustained profitability in the foreseeable future. Our net losses  were $37.2$77.2 million, $14.9$38.9 million and $11.1$37.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2016,2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $64.6$217.7 million. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

In August 2016, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common stock pursuant We expect to which we issued 7,500,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.00 per share. In September 2016, we issued an additional of 252,972 shares of common stock at a price of $12.00 per share following the underwriters’ exercise of their optioncontinue to purchase additional shares. We received an aggregate of $83.6 million in cash from the IPO, net of underwriting discountsincur significant research, development and commissions, and after deducting offering costs paid by us.

Index to Financial Statements

Components of Our Results of Operations

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to conduct research, such as the discovery and development of our product candidates. We recognize all research and development costs as they are incurred.

Research and development expenses consist primarily of the following:

expenses incurred under agreements with clinical study sites that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

laboratory vendorother expenses related to the preparationour ongoing operations and conduct of preclinical, non-clinical,product development, including clinical development activities under our worldwide license and clinical studies;

costs related to production of clinical suppliescollaboration agreement with Janssen, and, non-clinical materials, including fees paid to contract manufacturers;

license fees; and

facilities and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies.

We recognize the funds from grants under government programs as a reduction of research and development expense when the related research costs are incurred. In addition, we recognize the funds related to our Australian research and development tax incentives that are not subject to refund provisions as a reduction of research and development expense. The amounts are determined on a cost reimbursement basis and as the incentive is related to our research and development expenditures and is non-refundable regardless of whether any Australian tax is owed, the amounts have been recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses. These Australian research and development tax incentives are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the incentive will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred and the amount of the consideration can be reliably measured. As of December 31, 2016, the Australian overseas finding research and development tax incentives are no longer deemed to be at risk of clawback as less than 50% of our research and development expenditures under the program were incurred overseas. As a result, we have recognized the amounts received for 2014 and 2015 and the amount expectedexpect to be received for 2016 qualified expenditures as a reduction of research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2016.

We allocate direct costs incurredcontinue to product candidates when they enter into clinical development. For product candidates in clinical development, we allocate research and development salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and indirect costs to our product candidates on a program-specific basis, and we include these costsincur losses in the program-specific expenses. Program-specific expenses are unallocated when the current clinical expenses are incurred for our early stage research and drug discovery projects, our internal resources, employees and infrastructure are not tied to any one research or drug discovery project and are typically deployed across multiple projects. As such, we do not maintain information regarding these costs incurred for the early stage research and drug discovery programs on a project-specific basis prior to the clinical development stage.

Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows our research and development expenses incurred during the respective periods:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 
   (In thousands) 

Clinical development expense — PTG-100

  $17,988   $1,563   $—   

Discovery research expense

   11,849    11,159    8,036 

Less: Reimbursement of expenses under grants and incentives

   (4,132   (891   (577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

  $25,705   $11,831   $7,459 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses will increasefuture as we progress our product candidates, advance our discovery research projects into the pre-clinical stage and continue our early stage research. The processdevelopment of, conducting research, identifying potential product candidates and conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials necessary to obtainseek regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for, our product candidates. The probability of success

Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement

On May 26, 2017, we and Janssen, one of the product candidates may be affected by numerous factors, including pre-clinical data,Janssen Pharmaceutical Companies of Johnson & Johnson, entered into an exclusive license and collaboration agreement for the clinical data, competition, manufacturing capabilitydevelopment, manufacture and commercial viability. Aspotential commercialization of PTG-200 worldwide for the treatment of CD and UC (the “Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement”), which was subsequently amended effective May 7, 2019 (the “First Amendment”). Janssen is a result,related party to us as Johnson & Johnson Innovation - JJDC, Inc., a significant stockholder of ours, and Janssen are both subsidiaries of Johnson & Johnson. During the third quarter of 2017, we are unable to determinereceived a non-refundable, upfront cash payment of $50.0 million from Janssen. During the duration and completion costssecond quarter of our research and development projects or when and to what extent2019, we will generate revenue from the commercialization and salereceived a non-refundable cash payment of any of our product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, human resources, audit and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation. Allocated expenses consist of expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations$25.0 million upon execution of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and thoseFirst Amendment. During the fourth quarter of the national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Interest Income

Interest income consists2019, we became eligible to receive a cash payment of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale securities.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities consists of the remeasurement of the fair value of financial liabilities related to our obligation to sell additional redeemable convertible preferred stock shares in subsequent closings contingent$5.0 million upon the achievementsuccessful nomination of certaina second-generation development milestones or approval of investors and warrantscandidate.  See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the purchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock.additional information. 

In connection with our Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financings we were obligated to sell additional shares of Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in subsequent closings, in each case, contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones or upon the approval of the investors. We recorded this redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability incurred as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and we remeasured the liability on each subsequent balance sheet date.

We issued the shares under our Series B obligation in August 2014, and accordingly, we no longer have an obligation as of that date. In March 2016, upon closing of the second tranche of the Series C redeemable

Index to Financial Statements

convertible preferred stock, the fair value of the tranche liability was remeasured and the liability was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In addition, in connection with the issuance of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, we issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. We account for these warrants as a liability in our consolidated financial statements because the underlying instrument into which the warrants are exercisable contains redemption provisions that are outside our control. Upon the exercise of warrants in April 2016, the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability was remeasured and the liability was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock. The remaining unexercised warrants expired in May 2016 and accordingly, are no longer subject to remeasurement.

Critical Accounting PoliciesPolices and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities

73

at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Accrued ResearchLeases

We adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases, (“ASC 842”) effective January 1, 2019. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Pursuant to ASC 842, operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liabilities, and Development Costsnoncurrent operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. If our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

We record accrued expensestenant improvement allowances as a reduction to the ROU asset with the impact of the decrease recognized prospectively over the remaining lease term. The leasehold improvements will be amortized over the shorter of their useful life or the remaining term of the lease.

Revenue Recognition

We follow Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue when our customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which we expect to receive in exchange for estimated coststhose goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of ASC 606, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation. We apply the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract, determine those that are performance obligations, and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligations when (or as) the performance obligations are satisfied. We constrain our estimate of the transaction price up to the amount (the “variable consideration constraint”) that a significant reversal of recognized revenue is not probable.

Licenses of intellectual property:  If a license to our intellectual property is determined to be distinct from the other performance obligations identified in an arrangement, we recognize revenue from non-refundable, upfront fees allocated to the license when the license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. For licenses that are bundled with other promises, we utilize judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time and, if over time, the appropriate method of measuring proportional performance for purposes of recognizing revenue from non-refundable, upfront fees. We evaluate the measure of proportional performance each reporting period and, if necessary, adjust the measure of performance and related revenue recognition.

Milestone payments:  At the inception of each arrangement or amendment that includes development, regulatory or commercial milestone payments, we evaluate whether the milestones are considered probable of being reached and estimate the amount to be included in the transaction price. ASC 606 suggests two alternatives to use when estimating the amount of variable consideration: the expected value method and the most likely amount method. Under the

74

expected value method, an entity considers the sum of probability-weighted amounts in a range of possible consideration amounts. Under the most likely amount method, an entity considers the single most likely amount in a range of possible consideration amounts. Whichever method is used, it should be consistently applied throughout the life of the contract; however, it is not necessary for us to use the same approach for all contracts. We expect to use the most likely amount method for development and regulatory milestone payments. If it is probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur, the associated milestone value is included in the transaction price. Milestone payments that are not within our control or  the control of the licensee, such as regulatory approvals, are not considered probable of being achieved until those approvals are received. If there is more than one performance obligation, the transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. We recognize revenue as or when the performance obligations under the contract are satisfied. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, we re-evaluate the probability or achievement of each such milestone and any related constraint, and if necessary, adjust our estimates of the overall transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenues and earnings in the period of adjustment.

Royalties:  For arrangements that include sales-based royalties, including milestone payments based on the level of sales, and the license is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate, we recognize revenue at the later of (i) when the related sales occur, or (ii) when the performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied).

Upfront payments and fees are recorded as deferred revenue upon receipt or when due and may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period until we perform our obligations under these arrangements. Amounts payable to us are recorded as accounts receivable when our right to consideration is unconditional. Amounts payable to us and not yet billed to the collaboration partner are recorded as contract assets. We do not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is such that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer will be one year or less.

Contractual cost sharing payments made to a customer or collaboration partner are accounted for as a reduction to the transaction price if such payments are not related to distinct goods or services received from the customer or collaboration partner.

Contracts may be amended to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. Contract modifications exist when the amendment either creates new, or changes existing, enforceable rights and obligations. When contract modifications create new performance obligations and the increase in consideration approximates the standalone selling price for goods and services related to such new performance obligations as adjusted for specific facts and circumstances of the contract, the modification is considered to be a separate contract and revenue is recognized prospectively. If a contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract, we account for the promised goods or services not yet transferred at the date of the contract modification (the remaining promised goods or services) prospectively, as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new contract, if the remaining goods or services are distinct from the goods or services transferred on or before the date of the contract modification. We account for a contract modification as if it were a part of the existing contract if the remaining goods or services are not distinct and, therefore, form part of a single performance obligation that is partially satisfied at the date of the contract modification. In such case the effect that the contract modification has on the transaction price, and on the entity’s measure of progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) at the date of the contract modification (the adjustment to revenue is made on a cumulative catch-up basis).

The period between when we transfer control of promised goods or services and when we receive payment is expected to be one year or less, and that expectation is consistent with our historical experience. Upfront payment contract liabilities resulting from our license and collaboration agreements do not represent a financing component as the payment is not financing the transfer of goods and services, and the technology underlying the licenses granted reflects research and development activities conductedexpenses already incurred by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. We record the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statement of operations. These costs are a significant component of our research and development expenses. We record accrued expenses for these costs based on factorsus. As such, as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with these third-party service providers.

We estimate the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accrued estimates. Although we do not expectadjust our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understandingrevenues for the effects of the status and timinga significant financing component.

Stock-Based Compensation

75

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employeesaccounted for under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 – “Stock Compensation”  based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures.grant.  We estimate the fair value, and the resulting

Index to Financial Statements

stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The estimated fair value of the stock-based awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

Expected Termvolatility generally requires significant judgement to determine. Our expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding andvolatility is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). We have very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for our stock option grants.

Expected Volatility—Prior to our IPO in August 2016, we were privately held and did not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle, or area of specialty. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Expected Dividend—We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to the Black-Scholes assumptions, we estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from our estimates, we might be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation in future periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, stock-based compensation expense was $2.1 million, $99,000 and $42,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, we had $12.6 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.12 years.

Historically, for all periods prior to our IPO in August 2016, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide,Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; progress of our research and development efforts; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

For stock options granted after the completion of the IPO, our board of directors determined the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

Index to Financial Statements

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that all or some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

As ofAt December 31, 2016,2019, our total gross deferred tax assets were $24.0$55.2 million and our gross deferred tax liabilities were $1.3 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, theour U.S. net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.allowance of $52.5 million. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. At December 31, 2019, we had $164.1 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $151.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. $78.7 million of the federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2033, if not utilized, and the remaining $85.4 million have not expiration date. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2035, if not utilized.As of December 31, 2016, our net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $48.0 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033 and net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $37.7 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033. As of December 31, 2016,2019, we also had accumulated Australian tax losses of $9.2AUD 13.1 million ($9.2 million) available for carry forward against future earnings, which under relevant tax laws do not expire but may not be available under certain circumstances.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Code)(the “Code”), and similar state provisions. These ownership change limitations may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. Since

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information regarding recent accounting pronouncements applicable to us is included in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Components of Our Results of Operations

License and Collaboration Revenue

Our license and collaboration revenue is derived from payments we receive under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

76

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to conduct research, such as the discovery and development of our formation,product candidates. We recognize all research and development costs as they are incurred, unless there is an alternative future use in other research and development projects or otherwise. Non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when payment has been made. In instances where we enter into agreements with third parties to provide research and development services to us, costs are expensed as services are performed. Amounts due under such arrangements may be either fixed fee or fee for service and may include upfront payments, monthly payments, and payments upon the completion of milestones or the receipt of deliverables.

Research and development expenses consist primarily of the following:

·

expenses incurred under agreements with clinical study sites that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

·

employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

·

laboratory vendor expenses related to the preparation and conduct of pre-clinical, non-clinical, and clinical studies;

·

costs related to production of clinical supplies and non-clinical materials, including fees paid to contract manufacturers;

·

license fees and milestone payments under license and collaboration agreements; and

·

facilities and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, information technology, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies.

We recognize the funds from grants under government programs as a reduction of research and development expenses when the related research costs are incurred. In addition, we recognize the funds related to our Australian research and development tax incentive that are not subject to refund provisions as a reduction of research and development expenses. The research and development tax incentives are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the incentives will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred and the amount of the consideration can be reliably measured. We evaluate our eligibility under the tax incentive program as of each balance sheet date and make accruals and related adjustments based on the most current and relevant data available. We may alternatively be eligible for a taxable credit in the form of a non-cash tax incentive.

We allocate direct costs and indirect costs incurred to product candidates when they enter clinical development. For product candidates in clinical development, direct costs consist primarily of clinical, pre-clinical, and drug discovery costs, costs of supplying drug substance and drug product for use in clinical and pre-clinical studies, including clinical manufacturing costs, contract research organization fees, and other contracted services pertaining to specific clinical and pre-clinical studies. Indirect costs allocated to our product candidates on a program specific basis include research and development employee salaries, benefits, and stock-based compensation, and indirect overhead and other administrative support costs. Program-specific costs are unallocated when the clinical expenses are incurred for our early stage research and drug discovery projects, our internal resources, employees and infrastructure are not tied to any one research or drug discovery project and are typically deployed across multiple projects. As such, we do not provide financial information regarding the costs incurred for early stage pre-clinical and drug discovery programs on a program-specific basis prior to the clinical development stage.

We currently have raised capital throughthree clinical assets in various stages of clinical development.  We initiated a Phase 1 clinical study of PTG-300 during the issuancesecond quarter of capital stock on several occasions, which2017. We have presented separately or combined in the table below costs associated

77

with the purchasing stockholders’ subsequent dispositionPTG-300 program beginning in June 2017. We initiated a Phase 1 clinical study of those shares, mayPTG-200 during the fourth quarter of 2017. We have resulted in such ownership changes, or could result in ownership changespresented separately in the future.table below costs associated with the PTG-200 program beginning in December 2017. Our development and compound supply expenses incurred under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement prior to December 2017 are included in pre-clinical and drug discovery research expense. During 2018, we elected to halt further development of PTG-100 and concurrently elected to replace further development of PTG-100 with PN-943 based on an assessment of pre-clinical data from PN-943. We continued to experience expenses and credits related to winding down the development and trials for PTG-100 in 2019. We initiated a Phase 1 study of PN-943 during the fourth quarter of 2018. We have presented separately in the table below costs associated with the PN-943 program beginning in December 2018.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses incurred during the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

Clinical and development expense — PTG-300

 

$

30,325

 

$

14,304

 

$

4,246

Clinical and development expense — PN-943

 

 

20,924

 

 

523

 

 

 —

Clinical and development expense — PTG-200

 

 

9,414

 

 

16,120

 

 

2,079

Clinical and development expense — PTG-100

 

 

288

 

 

20,443

 

 

25,825

Milestone payment obligation to former collaboration partner

 

 

 —

 

 

500

 

 

250

Pre-clinical and drug discovery research expense

 

 

4,162

 

 

9,837

 

 

15,292

Grants and incentives reimbursement of expenses, net

 

 

(110)

 

 

(2,230)

 

 

(1,511)

Total research and development expenses

 

$

65,003

 

$

59,497

 

$

46,181

We expect our research and development expenses will increase as we progress our product candidates, including development activities under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, advance our discovery research projects into the pre-clinical stage and continue our early stage research. The process of conducting research, identifying potential product candidates and conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time intensive. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for our product candidates. The probability of success of our product candidates may be affected by numerous factors, including pre-clinical data, clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates. Our research and development programs are subject to change from time to time as we evaluate our priorities and available resources.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, human resources, audit and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation. Allocated expenses consist of expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, information technology, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies. We expect to continue to incur expenses to support our continued operations as a public company, including expenses related to existing and future compliance with rules and regulations of the SEC and those of the national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, insurance expenses, investor relations, professional services and general overhead and  administrative costs.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest recognized on our long-term debt, which is comprised of contractual interest, amortization of origination fees and other issuance costs, and accretion of final payment fees. 

78

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net consists primarily of amounts related to foreign exchange gains and losses and related items.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

Dollar

 

%

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

Change

    

Change

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

231

 

$

30,925

 

$

(30,694)

 

(99)

Operating expenses:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Research and development (1)

 

 

65,003

 

 

59,497

 

 

5,506

 

 9

General and administrative (2)

 

 

15,749

 

 

13,697

 

 

2,052

 

15

Total operating expenses

 

 

80,752

 

 

73,194

 

 

7,558

 

10

Loss from operations

 

 

(80,521)

 

 

(42,269)

 

 

(38,252)

 

90

Interest income

 

 

2,813

 

 

2,566

 

 

247

 

10

Interest expense

 

 

(169)

 

 

 —

 

 

(169)

 

100

Other expense, net

 

 

(1)

 

 

(20)

 

 

19

 

(95)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(77,878)

 

 

(39,723)

 

 

(38,155)

 

96

Income tax benefit

 

 

691

 

 

799

 

 

(108)

 

(14)

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(38,263)

 

98


(1) Includes $4.4 million and $3.4 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 20162019 and 20152018, respectively.

(2) Includes $4.0 million and $3.5 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
  Dollar
Change
  %
Change
 
   2016  2015   
   (Dollars in thousands)    

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

  $25,705  $11,831  $13,874   117 

General and administrative

   6,961   2,963   3,998   135 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

   32,666   14,794   17,872   121 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Loss from operations

   (32,666  (14,794  (17,872  121 

Interest income

   242   19   223   * 

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

   (4,719  (83  (4,636  * 

Other expense

   (34  —     (34  100 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(22,319  150 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

*Percentage not meaningful
License and Collaboration Revenue

IndexLicense and collaboration revenue decreased $30.7 million, or 99%, from $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to Financial Statements$0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in license and collaboration revenue was primarily due to a contract modification for the First Amendment to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement and the related cumulative catchup adjustment during the second quarter of 2019. The contract modification resulted in an increase in the transaction price and additional deliverables under the performance obligation, leading to an overall corresponding decrease in the cumulative percentage of completion of our performance obligation for the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement.

We determined that the transaction price of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement was $112.9 million as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $52.2 million from the transaction price of $60.7 million at December 31, 2018. In order to determine the transaction price, we evaluated all payments to be received during the duration of the contract, net of Phase 2 development costs reimbursement expected to be payable to Janssen. We determined that the transaction price includes the $50.0 million upfront payment, the $25.0 million payment received upon the effectiveness of the First Amendment, the $5.0 million payment triggered by the successful nomination of a second-generation compound, $18.3 million of reimbursement from Janssen for services performed for PTG-200 Phase 2 and for second-generation compound research costs and other services, and $14.6 million of estimated variable consideration, which includes a $7.5 million milestone payment subject to the completion of a Phase 1 study for a second-generation compound. The increase in transaction price from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019 was due to an increase in fixed and variable consideration related to the contract modification for First Amendment to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement effective May 7, 2019. We re-evaluate the transaction price each reporting period and as uncertain events are resolved or other changes in circumstances occur.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $13.9$5.5 million, or 117%9%, from $59.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $65.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase included $20.4 million of PN-943 clinical trial and development expenses, an increase of $16.0 million in PTG-300 clinical trial and development expenses and a $1.3 million reversal of previously recorded reductions to research and development expenses in connection with the tax incentive from Australia, partially offset by a decrease of $20.1 million in PTG-100 clinical trial and development expenses due to the halting of further development during 2018 and related credit adjustments, a decrease of $6.7 million for PTG-200 clinical trial and development expenses under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement due to timing of deliverables and a decrease of $5.7 million in pre-clinical and discovery research expenses. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 included increased personnel costs due to an increase in research and development headcount from 49 employees at December 31, 2018 to 54 employees at December 31, 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $2.0 million, or 15%, from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $15.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to increases of $1.0 million in personnel costs to support the growth of our operations, $0.7 million in professional fees and $0.3 million in insurance expense.  The increase in personnel costs for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflected an increase in general and administrative headcount from 15 employees at December 31, 2018 to 19 employees at December 31, 2019.

Interest Income

Interest income increased $0.2 million, or 10%, from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to higher interest income related to an increase in marketable securities balances.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit decreased $0.1 million, or 14%, from $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an effective income tax rate of 2.0%, to $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing an effective income tax rate of 0.9%. Our effective income tax rate differs from our federal statutory rate of 21%, primarily because our U.S. loss cannot be benefited due to the full valuation allowance position and reduced by foreign taxes.

Comparison of the  Years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

Dollar

 

%

 

    

2018

    

2017

    

Change

    

Change

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

30,925

 

$

 20,063

 

$

10,862

 

       54

Operating expenses:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

Research and development (1)

 

 

59,497

 

 

 46,181

 

 

 13,316

 

 29

General and administrative (2)

 

 

13,697

 

 

 11,779

 

 

 1,918

 

 16

Total operating expenses

 

 

73,194

 

 

 57,960

 

 

 15,234

 

 26

Loss from operations

 

 

(42,269)

 

 

 (37,897)

 

 

 (4,372)

 

 12

Interest income

 

 

2,566

 

 

 948

 

 

 1,618

 

 171

Other expense, net

 

 

 (20)

 

 

    (8)

 

 

(12)

 

 150

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

 (39,723)

 

 

(36,957)

 

 

 (2,766)

 

         7

Income tax benefit

 

 

      799

 

 

 

 

     799

 

 100

Net loss

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

 

$

   (1,967)

 

5

80

(1) Includes $3.4 million and $2.0 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(2) Includes $3.5 million and $2.2 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

License and Collaboration Revenue

License and collaboration revenue increased $10.8 million, or 54%, from $20.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to deferred revenue and cost sharing revenue recognized in connection with the completion of Phase 1 activities and delivery of compound supply services for Phase 2a activities under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, which became effective in July 2017.

We determined that the transaction price of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement was $60.7 million as of December 31, 2018, an increase of $6.8 million from the transaction price of $53.9 million at December 31, 2017. In order to determine the transaction price, we evaluated all payments to be received during the duration of the contract. We determined that the $50.0 million upfront payment, the $25.0 million payment payable upon filing of the IND, which was fully constrained as of December 31, 2018, and $10.7 million of estimated variable consideration for cost-sharing payments from Janssen for agreed upon services related to Phase 2a activities as of December 31, 2018 constituted consideration to be included in the transaction price, which is to be allocated to the combined performance obligation. The increase in transaction price was due to an increase in variable consideration related to compound supply services, which was recognized as a cumulative catch-up adjustment. During the year ended December 31, 2018, this increased overall variable consideration by $6.8 million and extended our projected completion date into the first half of 2019. We will re-evaluate the transaction price at each reporting period and as uncertain events are resolved or other changes in circumstances occur.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $13.3 million, or 29%, from $46.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $59.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase was primarily due to $14.0 million for PTG-200 Phase 1 clinical trial and development expenses, $10.1 million for PTG-300 Phase 1 clinical trial and development expenses, $0.5 million for PN-943 Phase 1 clinical trial and development expenses and an increase of $0.3 million in milestone payments to a former collaboration partner. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million in pre-clinical and discovery research expense, including pre-clinical development activities for PTG-200, PTG-300 PN-943 and our other product candidates, a decrease of $5.4 million in PTG-100 Phase 1 clinical trial and development expenses and a decrease of $0.7 million in expense reimbursement under grants and incentives. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 include an increase in personnel costs due to increased research and development headcount from 44 employees at December 31, 2017 to 49 employees at December 31, 2018. 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 16%, from $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 20152017, to $25.7$13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $6.5$2.4 million in personnel costs to support the growth of our operations, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in legal fees primarily related to contract manufacturing activities for PTG-100 clinical trialsthe Janssen License and other product candidate studies, anCollaboration Agreement. The increase of $2.8 million in personnel costs for third party consultants, an increase of $2.7 million in pre-clinical activities for our product candidates, an increase of $2.6 million in salaries and employee-related expense due tothe year ended December 31, 2018 reflected an increase in general and administrative headcount an increase of $1.9from 11 employees at December 31, 2017 to 15 employees at December 31, 2018 and included a $1.3 million in PTG-100 Phase 1 clinical trials and other related studies, an increase of $0.3 million due to achieving certain development milestones in a prior collaboration agreement related to the initiation of preclinical development studies on PTG-300 and an increase of $0.3 million in facility expenses. The increases were partially offset by an increase of $3.3 million in government programs recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses, primarily due to the increase in our Australian research and development tax incentive including the recognitionstock-based compensation expense.

81

General and Administrative ExpensesInterest Income

General and administrative expenses

Interest income increased $4.0$1.6 million, or 135 %,171%, from $3.0$0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015,2017 to $7.0$2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.2018. The increase in interest income was primarily due to an increase of $1.9 million in professional service fees, an increase of $1.8 million increase in salaries and employee-related expense due to an increase in headcount to support the growth of our operations and an increase of $0.3 million in facility and other administrative expenses.increasing interest rate environment during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and warrant liabilities increased from a charge of $0.1 millionIncome Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 20152018 was $0.8 million. The income tax benefit was due primarily to a chargethe 2018 release of $4.7 millionthe valuation allowance related to Protagonist Australia. We believe these deferred tax assets will be realized in the future due to expected profitability for this subsidiary. No income tax provision was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2016. The change was due to the fair value remeasurement of the outstanding mark to market liabilities as the fair value increased in 2016.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 20142017.

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
  Dollar
Change
  %
Change
 
   2015  2014   
   (Dollars in thousands)    

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

  $11,831  $7,459  $4,372   59 

General and administrative

   2,963   1,860   1,103   59 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

   14,794   9,319   5,475   59 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Loss from operations

   (14,794  (9,319  (5,475  59 

Interest income

   19   16   3   19 

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

   (83  (1,769  1,686   (95
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net loss

  $(14,858 $(11,072 $(3,786  34 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $4.4 million, or 59%, from $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to an increase

Index to Financial Statements

of $2.8 million in pre-clinical activities for our product candidates, an increase of $0.8 million in PTG-100 Phase 1 clinical trials, which were incurred primarily in the fourth quarter of 2015, an increase of $0.6 million related to contract manufacturing activities, an increase of $0.5 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount and an increase of $0.1 million in costs to third party consultants primarily related to research and development activities for PTG-100. The increases were partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in government grants recognized as a reduction to research and development expenses, primarily due to the increase in Australia research and development tax incentive grant and the Small Business Innovation Research grant award obtained in 2015.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 59%, from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to an increase of $0.5 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount, an increase of $0.5 million in professional services fees, primarily for patent related matters and an increase of $0.1 million in facility-related costs due to the increase in our leased facility space.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

Change in estimated fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and warrant liability decreased $1.7 million, or 95%, from a charge of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to a charge of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was due to the fair value remeasurement of the outstanding mark to market liabilities. We issued the shares under our Series B obligation in August 2014, and accordingly, we no longer had an obligation as of that date. However, we will continue to mark to market our Series C obligation until March 2016 when we issued the additional shares under our Series C obligation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Capital Expenditures

As of December 31, 2016,2019, we had $87.7$133.0 million of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-salemarketable securities and an accumulated deficit of $64.6$217.7 million. Our operations have been financed by net proceeds from the sale of shares of our capital stock,  payments under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement and proceeds from our long-term debt. During the third quarter of 2017 we received a non-refundable, upfront payment of $50.0 million from Janssen. During the second quarter of 2019, we received a nonrefundable $25.0 million payment from Janssen upon execution of the First Amendment. During the fourth quarter of 2019, we became eligible to receive a nonrefundable $5.0 million payment from Janssen, which we received during the first quarter of 2020. 

In August 2016,September 2017, we completedfiled a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 333-220314) that was declared effective as of October 5, 2017 and permits the offering, issuance, and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $200.0 million of our IPOcommon stock, preferred stock and certain debt securities (the “2017 Form S-3”). Up to a maximum of $50.0 million of the maximum aggregate offering price of $200.0 million may be issued and sold pursuant to an at-the-market (“ATM”) financing facility under a sales agreement (the “2017 Sales Agreement”). The 2017 Sales Agreement was terminated in 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, prior to the termination of the 2017 Sales Agreement, we sold 2,846,641 shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $34.5 million, after deducting issuance costs. We sold 151,273 shares of our common stock pursuant to whichthe 2017 Sales Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2018 for net proceeds of $1.5 million, after deducting issuance costs. As of December 31, 2019, $72.0 million of common stock remained available for sale under the 2017 Form S-3.

In October 2017, we completed an underwritten public offering of 3,530,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $17.00 per share. In November 2017, we issued 7,500,000an additional 529,500 shares of our common stock at a price of $12.00 per share. In September 2016, we issued an additional 252,972 shares of common stock at a price of $12.00$17.00 per share following the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. We have received an aggregate of $83.6 million in cash, net ofNet proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and after deducting offering costs paid by us, were $64.5 million.

In August 2018, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors (each, an “Investor” and, collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $8.00 per share, for aggregate net proceeds of $21.7 million, after deducting offering expenses payable by us. In a concurrent private placement, we issued the Investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of our common stock (each, a “Warrant” and, collectively, the “Warrants”). Each Warrant is exercisable from August 8, 2018 through August 8, 2023. Warrants to purchase 1,375,000 shares of our common stock have an exercise price of $10.00 per share and Warrants to purchase 1,375,000 shares of our common stock have an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”) are subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described in the Warrants. Under certain circumstances, the Warrants may be exercisable on a “cashless” basis. In connection with the issuance and sale of the common stock and Warrants, we granted the Investors certain registration rights with respect to the Warrants and the

82

Warrant Shares. The common stock and Warrants are classified as equity in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), and the net proceeds from the transaction were recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2019, none of the Warrants have been exercised.

In December 2018, we entered into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with an Investor and its affiliates (the “Exchanging Stockholders”), pursuant to which we exchanged an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, owned by the Exchanging Stockholders for pre-funded warrants (the “Exchange Warrants”) to purchase an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described in the Exchange Warrants), with an exercise price of $0.00001 per share. The Exchange Warrants will expire ten years from the date of issuance. The Exchange Warrants are exercisable at any time prior to expiration except that the Exchange Warrants cannot be exercised by the Exchanging Stockholders if, after giving effect thereto, the Exchanging Stockholders would beneficially own more than 9.99% of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 505,  Equity , we recorded the retirement of the common stock exchanged as a reduction of common stock shares outstanding and a corresponding debit to additional paid-in-capital at the fair value of the Exchange Warrants on the issuance date. The Exchange Warrants are classified as equity in accordance with ASC 480, and fair value of the Exchange Warrants was recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital and is not subject to remeasurement. We determined that the fair value of the Exchange Warrants is substantially similar to the fair value of the retired shares on the issuance date due to the negligible exercise price for the Exchange Warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Exchange Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares were net exercised, resulting in the issuance of 599,997 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2019, 400,000 of the Exchange Warrants remain unexercised.

In October 2019, we filed a registration statement on Form S-3 (File no. 333-234414) that was declared effective as of November 22, 2019 and permits the offering, issuance, and sale by us of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $250.0 million of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities and warrants (the “2019 Form S-3”). Up to a maximum of $75.0 million of the maximum aggregate offering price of $250.0 million may be issued and sold pursuant to an ATM financing facility under a sales agreement we entered into on November 27, 2019 (the “2019 Sales Agreement”). As of December 31, 2019, no offering, issuance or sale of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities or warrants was made under the 2019 Form S-3 or the 2019 Sales Agreement.

In October 2019, we entered into a credit and security agreement pursuant to which the lenders party thereto agreed to make term loans available to us for working capital and general business purposes, in a principal amount of up to $50.0 million, including a $10.0 million term loan which was funded at closing (October 30, 2019), with the ability to access the remaining $40.0 million in two additional tranches of $20.0 million, subject to specified availability periods, the achievement of certain clinical development milestones, minimum cash requirements and other customary conditions. Additional information about this credit facility and our long-term debt is presented in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, primarily research and development expenditures. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

We believe, based on our current operating plan and expected expenditures, that our existing cash, cash equivalents and available-for-salemarketable securities and access to our debt facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.months from the date of this filing. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. If our planned preclinicalpre-clinical and clinical trials are successful, or our other product candidates enter clinical trials or advance beyond the discovery stage, we will need to raise additional capital as well as seek additional collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources in order to further advance our product candidates towards potential regulatory approval. We will continue to require additional financing to advance our current product candidates through clinical development, to develop, acquire or in-license other potential product candidates and to fund operations

83

for the foreseeable future. We will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of

Index financing, but such financing may not be available at terms acceptable to Financial Statements

financing.us, if at all. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

the progress, timing, scope, results and costs of our preclinical

·

the progress, timing, scope, results and costs of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for our clinical trials;

the costs of obtaining

·

the costs of and ability to obtain clinical and commercial supplies and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

·

our ability to successfully commercialize the product candidates we may identify and develop;

the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with our lead

·

the selling and marketing costs associated with our current product candidates and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the cost and timing of expanding our sales and marketing capabilities;

the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from our lead product candidates and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

·

the achievement of development, regulatory and sales milestones resulting in payments to us from Janssen under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, and the timing of receipt of such payments, if any;

the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

·

the timing, receipt and amount of royalties under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement on worldwide net sales of PTG‑200, including any second-generation compounds, upon regulatory approval or clearance, if any;

the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

·

the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from our current product candidates and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

·

the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

·

the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio.

·

the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

·

costs necessary to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

·

the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio; and

·

the costs of ongoing general and administrative activities to support the growth of our business.

Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and on our ability to pursue our business plans and strategies. Further, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development activities. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated product development programs.

84

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(In thousands)

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(41,527)

 

$

(49,947)

 

$

3,872

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(53,710)

 

 

2,213

 

 

15,823

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

46,036

 

 

24,115

 

 

65,554

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 
   (In thousands) 

Cash used in operating activities

  $(29,972  $(14,385  $(7,743

Cash used in investing activities

   (59,328   (8,264   (299

Cash provided by financing activities

   106,307    17,419    9,003 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 20162019 was $30.0$41.5 million, consisting of aour net loss of $37.2$77.2 million, partially offset by a net change of $26.1 million in net operating assets and liabilities and non-cash charges of $9.5 million. The change in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a net increase of $33.5 million in deferred revenue related to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, a decrease of $1.4 million in research and development tax incentive receivable and an increase of $1.1 million in accrued expenses and other payables, partially offset by an decrease of  $3.0 million in accounts payable, an increase of $2.8 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, an increase of $2.2 million in receivable from collaboration partner and a decrease of $1.9 million in operating lease liability. Non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $8.4 million of stock-based compensation, $1.8 million of operating lease right-of-use asset amortization and $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a $0.8 million increase in deferred tax assets and $0.6 million of net accretion of discount on marketable securities.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $49.9 million, consisting of our net loss of $38.9 million and a net change of $0.1$18.0 million in our net operating assets and liabilities, which werepartially offset by non-cash charges of  $7.3$7.0 million. The non-cashchange in net operating assets and liabilities was primarily due to a net decrease of $23.5 million in deferred revenue related to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement and an increase of $2.8 million in receivable from collaboration partner, partially offset by an increase of $4.4 million in accounts payable, an increase of $1.9 million in accrued expenses and other payables, an increase of $1.1 million in payable to collaboration partner and a decrease of $1.1 million in prepaid expenses and other assets. Non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $4.2$6.9 million for the change in fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $2.1 million for

Index to Financial Statements

of stock-based compensation, $0.5 million for the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability, and $0.3 million for depreciation and amortization expense.and $0.2 million of net amortization of premium on marketable securities, partially offset by a $0.7 million increase in deferred tax assets.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $3.9 million, consisting of a net change of $35.6 million in net operating assets and liabilities and non-cash charges of $5.3 million, partially offset by our net loss of $37.0 million. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $1.8$31.8 million in prepaid and other current assetsdeferred revenue related to advance payments of costs for research activities during the current periodJanssen License and Collaboration Agreement, an increase of $1.6$4.8 million in the receivable related to the Australian research and development tax incentives, offset by a $3.3 million increase in our accounts payable and accrued expenses and other payables related to an increase in research and development activities.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $14.4 million, consisting of a net loss of $14.9 million, which was partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.4 million and a net change of $0.1 million in our net operation assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $0.6 million for the change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $0.2 million for depreciation and amortization expense, $0.1 million for stock-based compensation, offset by gain of $0.5 million for the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $1.8 million in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to an increase in research and development activities, offset by $1.5 million increase in cash used for prepaid and other current assets related to payments associated with clinical trials and studies and a $0.2 million increase in a receivable related to the Australia research and development tax incentive.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $7.7 million, consisting of a net loss of $11.1 million, which was partially offset by non-cash charges primarily of $2.1 million and a net increase of $1.3 million in our net operation assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $1.8 million for the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities and $0.3 million for depreciation and amortization expense. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to decrease of $0.6 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets related to payments for research and development activities, an increase of $0.4 million in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to an increase in research and development activities and other general and administrative professional services and a $0.3decrease of $1.1 million increase in receivable related to the AustraliaAustralian research and development tax incentive.incentive receivable,  partially offset by an increase of $1.8 million in receivable from collaboration partner and an increase of $0.3 million in prepaid expenses and other assets. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $4.2 million of stock-based compensation, $0.7 million of net amortization of premium on marketable securities and $0.4 million of depreciation and amortization.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 20162019 was $59.3$53.7 million, consisting of our purchasepurchases of available-for-salemarketable securities of $73.2$166.9 million and our purchasepurchases of property and equipment of $0.4$1.0 million, partially offset by the proceeds from maturities of our available-for-salemarketable securities of $14.2$114.2 million. The purchasePurchases of property and equipment waswere primarily related to the expansionpurchases of our laboratoryscientific equipment and related equipment.leasehold improvements.

Cash used inprovided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 20152018 was $8.3$2.2 million, consisting of the purchase of available-for-saleproceeds from marketable securities of $7.9$73.8 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $71.1 million and our purchasepurchases of property and equipment of $0.4$0.5 million. The purchasePurchases of property and equipment waswere primarily related to the expansionpurchases of our laboratory and the purchasescientific equipment.

85

Cash used inprovided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 20142017 was related to our purchase$15.8 million, consisting of proceeds from maturities of marketable securities of $56.0 million, partially offset by purchases of marketable securities of $39.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $0.3$0.7 million. Purchases of property and equipment were primarily related to purchases of scientific equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20162019 was $106.3$46.0 million, consisting of $34.5 million of net proceeds from sales of $83.6common stock through our ATM financing facility, $9.8 million from our initial public offering,of net proceeds of $22.5 million from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stocklong-term debt and proceeds of $0.2$1.8 million from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options.options and purchases of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

Index to Financial Statements

Cash provided by financing activities for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20152018 was $24.1 million, consisting of $21.7 million of net proceeds from issuance of our common stock and 2014 was primarily related towarrants in a private placement, $1.5 million of net proceeds from sales through our ATM financing facility and $0.9 million from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferredcommon stock upon exercise of $17.4stock options and purchases of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $65.5 million, consisting of net proceeds of $64.5 million from our public offering of common stock and $9.0proceeds of $1.0 million respectively.from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and purchases of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our future minimum contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

 

 

More Than

 

 

Contractual Obligations:

    

1 Year

    

1 to 3 Years

    

3 to 5 Years

    

5 Years

    

Total

 

 

(In thousands)

Debt payment obligations (1)

 

$

 —

  

$

5,833

 

$

4,452

 

$

 —

 

$

10,285

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

 

1,941

 

 

4,059

 

 

3,016

 

 

 —

 

 

9,016

Total contractual obligations

 

$

1,941

  

$

9,892

 

$

7,468

  

$

 —

 

$

19,301

________________

   Payments Due by Period 

Contractual Obligations:

  Less Than
1 Year
   1 to 3 Years   3 to 5 Years   More Than
5 Years
   Total 
   (In thousands) 

Operating lease obligations

  $368   $87   $—     $—     $455 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

  $368   $87   $—     $—     $455 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In March 2017, we entered into a lease agreement(1) Represents principal and final payment fee on our long-term debt. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a new office and laboratory space in Newark, California to relocate our operations to a larger facility. The lease commencement date is July 1, 2017 and the lease expires on June 30, 2024. The aggregateadditional information.

(2) Represents minimum lease payments under our operating lease obligations. See Note 9 to the lease agreement will be approximately $13.4 million, and we are providingconsolidated financial statements elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information.

Potential Obligations Not Included in the landlord with a security deposit of $450,000.Table Above

We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for clinical trials and with vendors for pre-clinical studies and other services and products for operating purposes, which are cancelable at any time by us, generally upon 30 to 60 days prior written notice. TheseFuture potential payments under these agreements are not included in thisthe table above.  

Under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, we share with Janssen certain development, regulatory and compound supply costs. The actual amounts that we pay Janssen or that Janssen pays us will depend on numerous factors, some of contractual obligations.

In additionwhich are outside of our control and some of which are contingent upon the success of certain development and regulatory activities. Future development and commercialization payments to the amounts set forthJanssen are not included in the table above we have certain obligations under licensing agreements with third parties contingent upon achieving various development, regulatoryas the timing and commercial milestones. amounts of such payments are not determinable.

In October 2013, the collaboration program under our Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S (Zealand) was abandoned by Zealand. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we elected to assume the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product candidate. Upon Zealand’s abandonment,

86

Zealand assigned to us certain intellectual property arising from the collaboration and also granted us an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of Zealand that relate to the products assumed by us. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, we owed Zealand a payment of $250,000, which has been recognized withinWe did not record any research and development expense in our consolidated statement of operationsunder this agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016. If2019. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, we will pay Zealand an additional $250,000.recorded research and development expense of $500,000 and $250,000, respectively, under this agreement. We have the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the product candidate and, if we successfully develop and commercialize PTG-300PTG‑300 without a partner, we will payZealand could be eligible to Zealandreceive up to an additional aggregate of $128.5$128.0 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition, we will payZealand could be eligible to Zealandreceive a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product. AsFuture development, regulatory and sales payments to Zealand are not included in the achievementtable above as the timing and timingamounts of these future milestonesuch payments are not probable and estimable, such amounts have not been included on our consolidated balance sheets or in the contractual obligations table above.determinable.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under SEC rules, including the use of structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15,Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

Index to Financial Statements

ASU 2014-15 requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard effective December 31, 2016, and there was no impact related to the disclosures in our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which is intended to simplify and improve how deferred taxes are classified on the balance sheet. The guidance in this ASU eliminates the current requirement to present deferred tax assets and liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet and now requires entities to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods though early adoption is permitted. We do not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,Leases(Topic 842). Under the new guidance, (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged, while lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (January 1, 2019, for us). Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. While we are currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements, we expect our non-cancellable operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets, but we do not expect the adoption of the new standard to have a material impact on our results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09 Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, the determination of forfeiture rates, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), which is intended to provide financial statement users with more useful information about expected credit losses on financial assets held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The new standard replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable forward-looking information to estimate all expected credit losses. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which clarifies the classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statements of cash flow to eliminate the diversity in practice related to eight specific cash flow issues. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance.

Index to Financial Statements

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18,Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – Restricted Cash,which requires the presentation of changes in restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for the fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities.sensitivities related to our investments and borrowings.

We had $87.7$133.0 million and $11.9$128.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and available-for-salemarketable securities as ofat December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds, commercial paper and government bonds. Available-for-saleMarketable securities consist of corporate bonds, commercial paper and government bonds. Short-term available-for-sale securities have maturities less than 365 days asA portion of the balance sheet date. Long-term available-for-sale securities have maturities greater than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Such interest earning instruments carry a degree ofour investments may be subject to interest rate risk; however, historical fluctuationsrisk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. We had $9.8 million in long-term debt at December 31, 2019, which bears interest at an annual rate of prime plus 2.91%, with a 4.94% prime rate floor. Based on our interest rate sensitivity analysis, a 1% increase or decrease in interest incomerates would have not been material. We had no outstanding debt asa net impact of December 31, 2016.approximately $1.0 million on our results of operations.

Approximately $1.9$0.6 million and $0.6$0.4 million of our cash balance was located in Australia as ofat December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 2015,2018, respectively. Our expenses, except those related to our Australian operations, are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. For our operations in Australia, the majority of the expenses are denominated in Australian dollars. To date, we have not had a formal hedging program with respect to foreign currency, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should becomebecomes more significant. A 10% increase or decrease in current exchange rates would not have a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

results of operations. 

87

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

94
87

Consolidated Balance Sheets

95
88

Consolidated Statements of Operations

96
89

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

97
90

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

98
91

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

99
92

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

100
93

Supplementary Financial Data (unaudited)

120

88

Report

9Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

In our opinion,

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20162019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. Anmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit includesof its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessingstatements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 7, 2017

10, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

89

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

   December 31, 
   2016  2015 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $21,084  $4,055 

Restricted cash

   10   10 

Available-for-sale securities - current

   56,515   7,868 

Research and development tax incentive receivable

   2,241   715 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   3,394   1,558 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   83,244   14, 206 

Property and equipment, net

   562   609 

Available-for-sale securities - noncurrent

   10,150   —   

Other assets

   34   30 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $93,990  $14,845 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $1,163  $1,247 

Accrued expenses and other payables

   5,272   1,879 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   6,435   3,126 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   —     1,643 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   —     480 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   6,435   5,249 

Commitments and contingencies

   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value: no shares and 126,374,911 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively; no shares and 77,185,117 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

   —    36,996 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

   

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000,000 and no shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively; and no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

   —    —   

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 90,000,000 and 160,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and, 2015, respectively; 16,722,280 and 272,409 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

   —     —   

Additional paid-in capital

   152,393   118 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (245  (102)

Accumulated deficit

   (64,593  (27,416)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   87,555   (27,400)
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $93,990  $14,845 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Index to Financial Statements

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

  $25,705  $11,831  $7,459 

General and administrative

   6,961   2,963   1,860 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   32,666   14,794   9,319 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (32,666  (14,794  (9,319

Interest income

   242   19   16 

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

   (4,719  (83  (1,769

Other expense

   (34  —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(11,072
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $(37,735 $(14,933 $(11,218
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $(5.80 $(59.32 $(49.38
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   6,501,796   251,717   227,197 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

33,006

 

$

82,233

Marketable securities

 

 

100,011

 

 

46,620

Restricted cash - current

 

 

10

 

 

10

Receivable from collaboration partner and contract asset - related party

 

 

6,755

 

 

4,587

Research and development tax incentive receivable, net

 

 

 —

 

 

1,429

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

5,529

 

 

2,624

Total current assets

 

 

145,311

 

 

137,503

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,681

 

 

861

Restricted cash - noncurrent

 

 

450

 

 

450

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

6,042

 

 

 —

Deferred tax asset

 

 

1,433

 

 

658

Total assets

 

$

154,917

 

$

139,472

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

  

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

2,790

 

$

5,711

Payable to collaboration partner - related party

 

 

1,262

 

 

1,061

Accrued expenses and other payables

 

 

12,360

 

 

11,163

Deferred revenue - related party - current

 

 

17,738

 

 

8,223

Operating lease liability - current

 

 

1,256

 

 

 —

Total current liabilities

 

 

35,406

 

 

26,158

Long-term debt, net

 

 

9,794

 

 

 —

Deferred revenue - related party - noncurrent

 

 

23,792

 

 

 —

Operating lease liability - noncurrent

 

 

5,961

 

 

 —

Deferred rent

 

 

 —

 

 

799

Total liabilities

 

 

74,953

 

 

26,957

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding 

 

 

 —

 

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 90,000,000 shares authorized; 27,217,649 and 23,187,219 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively

 

 

 —

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

297,846

 

 

253,222

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(221)

 

 

(233)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(217,661)

 

 

(140,474)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

79,964

 

 

112,515

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

154,917

 

$

139,472

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

90

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossOperations

(In thousands)thousands, except share and per share data)

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(11,072

Other comprehensive loss:

  

(Loss) gain on translation of foreign operations

   (76  3   (54

Unrecognized loss on available-for-sale securities

   (67  (5  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(37,320 $(14,860 $(11,126
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

231

 

$

30,925

 

$

20,063

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

65,003

 

 

59,497

 

 

46,181

General and administrative

 

 

15,749

 

 

13,697

 

 

11,779

Total operating expenses

 

 

80,752

 

 

73,194

 

 

57,960

Loss from operations

 

 

(80,521)

 

 

(42,269)

 

 

(37,897)

Interest income

 

 

2,813

 

 

2,566

 

 

948

Interest expense

 

 

(169)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other expense, net

 

 

(1)

 

 

(20)

 

 

(8)

Loss before income tax benefit

 

 

(77,878)

 

 

(39,723)

 

 

(36,957)

Income tax benefit

 

 

691

 

 

799

 

 

 —

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(2.98)

 

$

(1.74)

 

$

(2.09)

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

 

25,894,024

  

 

22,364,515

  

 

17,694,505

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

91

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except share and per share data)thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

(Loss) gain on translation of foreign operations

 

 

(44)

 

 

(322)

 

 

298

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

 

 

56

 

 

95

 

 

(59)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(77,175)

 

$

(39,151)

 

$

(36,718)

 

  Redeemable
Convertible Preferred

Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount             

Balance at December 31, 2013

  24,037,500  $9,122   226,009  $—    $135  $(46 $(1,483 $(1,394

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

  18,000,000   9,000   —     —     —     —     —     —   

Settlement of fair value of series B redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

  —     2,308   —     —     —     —     —     —   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  —     146   —     —     (143  —     (3  (146

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     42   —     —     42 

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

  —     —     2,548   —     3   —     —     3 

Other comprehensive loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (54  —     (54

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (11,072  (11,072
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  42,037,500   20,576   228,557   —     37   (100  (12,558  (12,621

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $138 and reclassification of $1,017 to redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

  35,147,617   16,345   —     —     —     —     —     —   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  —     75   —     —     (75  —     —     (75

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     99   —     —     99 

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

  —     —     43,852   —     57   —     —     57 

Other comprehensive loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (2  —     (2

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (14,858  (14,858
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

  77,185,117   36,996   272,409   —     118   (102  (27,416  (27,400

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  45,189,794   22,488   —     —     —     —     —     —   

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

  —     5,837   — ��   —     —     —     —     —   

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

  1,999,998   1,025   —     —     —     —     —     —   

Accretion of redemption of convertible preferred stock to redemption value

  —     558   —     —     (558  —     —     (558

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock at closing of initial public offering

  (124,374,909  (66,904  8,577,571   —     66,904   —     —     66,904 

Issuance of common stock upon initial public offering, net of issuance costs

  —     —     7,752,972   —     83,648   —     —     83,648 

Stock-based compensation expense

  —     —     —     —     2,130   —     —     2,130 

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

  —     —     119,328   —     151   —     —     151 

Other comprehensive loss

  —     —     —     —     —     (143  —     (143

Net loss

  —     —     —     —     —     —     (37,177  (37,177
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

  —    $—     16,722,280  $—    $152,393  $(245 $(64,593 $87,555 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

92

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsStockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Other

 

 

 

Total

 

Common

 

Paid-In

 

Comprehensive

 

Accumulated

 

Stockholders’

 

Stock

 

Capital

 

Loss

 

Deficit

 

Equity

 

Shares

  

Amount

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

16,722,280

  

$

 —

 

$

152,393

  

$

(245)

 

$

(64,593)

  

$

87,555

Issuance of common stock upon public offering, net of issuance costs

4,059,500

  

 

 

 

64,547

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

64,547

Issuance of common stock upon under equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans

306,526

  

 

 

 

1,007

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

1,007

Stock-based compensation expense

 —

  

 

 

 

4,241

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

4,241

Other comprehensive gain

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

239

 

 

 —

  

 

239

Net loss

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

 

 

(36,957)

  

 

(36,957)

Balance at December 31, 2017

21,088,306

  

 

 —

 

 

222,188

  

 

(6)

 

 

(101,550)

  

 

120,632

Issuance of common stock and warrants upon private placement, net of issuance costs

2,750,000

  

 

 

 

21,673

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

21,673

Issuance of common stock under equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans

197,640

 

 

 —

 

 

934

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

934

Issuance of common stock pursuant to at-the-market offering, net of issuance costs

151,273

 

 

 —

 

 

1,508

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,508

Retirement of common stock in exchange for common stock warrant

(1,000,000)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,670)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,670)

Issuance of common stock warrant in exchange for retirement of common stock

 —

  

 

 

 

6,670

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

6,670

Stock-based compensation expense

 —

  

 

 

 

6,919

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

6,919

Other comprehensive loss

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

(227)

 

 

 —

  

 

(227)

Net loss

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

 

 

(38,924)

  

 

(38,924)

Balance at December 31, 2018

23,187,219

  

 

 —

 

 

253,222

  

 

(233)

 

 

(140,474)

  

 

112,515

Issuance of common stock pursuant to at-the-market offering, net of issuance costs

2,846,641

 

 

        —

 

 

34,492

 

 

        —

 

 

        —

 

 

34,492

Issuance of common stock under equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans

583,792

 

 

 —

 

 

1,779

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,779

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of Exchange Warrants

599,997

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

 —

Stock-based compensation expense

 —

  

 

 

 

8,353

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

8,353

Other comprehensive gain

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

12

 

 

 —

  

 

12

Net loss

 —

  

 

 

 

 —

  

 

 

 

(77,187)

  

 

(77,187)

Balance at December 31, 2019

27,217,649

  

$

 —

 

$

297,846

  

$

(221)

 

$

(217,661)

  

$

79,964

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2016  2015  2014 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTITIVIES

    

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(11,072

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   317   247   258 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   34   —     —   

Amortization of premium on available-for-sale securities

   117   (8  —   

Stock-based compensation

   2,130   99   42 

Change in fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   4,194   626   897 

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   525   (543  872 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Research and development tax credit receivable

   (1,588  (192  259 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   (1,800  (1,502  604 

Other assets

   (4  (30  —   

Accounts payable

   (115  898   179 

Accrued expenses and other payables

   3,395   878   218 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (29,972  (14,385  (7,743
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

   (73,169  (7,865  —   

Purchase of property and equipment

   (379  (399  (299

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities

   14,188   —     —   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

   32   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (59,328  (8,264  (299
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   22,488   17,362   9,000 

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon exercise of preferred stock warrant liability

   20   —     —   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

   151   57   3 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon initial public offering, net of issuance costs

   83,648   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   106,307   17,419   9,003 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   22   (39  (97

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   17,029   (5,269  864 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

   4,055   9,324   8,460 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $21,084  $4,055  $9,324 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING INFORMATION:

    

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

  $5,837  $—    $2,308 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tranche liability in connection with the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing

  $—    $1,017  $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $558  $75  $146 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock at closing of initial public offering

  $66,904  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability to equity

  $1,005  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable

  $21  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

93

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

8,353

 

 

6,919

 

 

4,241

Operating lease right-of-use asset amortization

 

 

1,792

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

703

 

 

527

 

 

406

   Amortization of issuance costs and accretion of final payment fee for long-term debt

 

 

29

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Gain (loss) on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 8

 

 

 —

 

 

(62)

Net (accretion of discount) amortization of premium on marketable securities

 

 

(594)

 

 

206

 

 

687

Change in deferred tax asset

 

 

(775)

 

 

(658)

 

 

 —

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development tax incentive receivable, net

 

 

1,411

 

 

(236)

 

 

1,070

Receivable from collaboration partner - related party

 

 

(2,168)

 

 

(2,771)

 

 

(1,816)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(2,820)

 

 

1,117

 

 

(333)

Accounts payable

 

 

(3,000)

 

 

4,430

 

 

91

Payable to collaboration partner - related party

 

 

201

 

 

1,061

 

 

 —

Accrued expenses and other payables

 

 

1,098

 

 

1,911

 

 

4,793

Deferred revenue - related party

 

 

33,307

 

 

(23,529)

 

 

31,752

Operating lease liability

 

 

(1,885)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(41,527)

 

 

(49,947)

 

 

3,872

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

 

(166,936)

 

 

(71,060)

 

 

(39,546)

Proceeds from maturities of marketable securities

 

 

114,193

 

 

73,759

 

 

56,035

Purchases of property and equipment, net

 

 

(967)

 

 

(486)

 

 

(666)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(53,710)

 

 

2,213

 

 

15,823

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from at-the-market offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

34,492

 

 

1,508

 

 

 —

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

9,765

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options and purchases under employee stock purchase plan

 

 

1,779

 

 

934

 

 

1,007

Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants in private placement, net of

issuance costs

 

 

 —

 

 

21,673

 

 

64,547

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

46,036

 

 

24,115

 

 

65,554

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(26)

 

 

(177)

 

 

146

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(49,227)

 

 

(23,796)

 

 

85,395

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

 

82,693

 

 

106,489

 

 

21,094

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

33,466

 

$

82,693

 

$

106,489

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

70

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING AND INVESTING INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

100

 

$

24

 

$

 —

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

80

 

$

 —

 

$

66

Fair value of common stock retired in exchange for issuance of common stock warrant

 

$

 —

 

$

6,670

 

$

 —

Acquisition of new equipment upon trade-in for existing equipment

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

185

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

94

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1.    Organization and Description of Business

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on August 22, 2006 and is headquartered in Milpitas,Newark, California. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company withthat utilizes a proprietary peptide technology platform focused on discoveringto discover and developing new chemical entitiesdevelop novel peptide-based drugs to addresstransform existing treatment paradigms for patients with significant unmet medical needs.

Protagonist Pty LtdLimited (“Protagonist Australia”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and is located in Brisbane, Queensland, Australia. Protagonist Australia was incorporated in Australia in September 2001. The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment.

Reverse Stock Split

In July 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock at a 1-for-14.5 ratio, which was effected on August 1, 2016. The par value and authorized shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock, options to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split for all periods presented. The consolidated financial statements have also been retroactively adjusted to reflect a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio for each series of preferred stock in connection with the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

On August 10, 2016, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-212476 and 333-213071) relating to its initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock became effective. The IPO closed on August 16, 2016 at which time the Company issued 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $12.00 per share. In addition, upon closing the IPO, all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converted into 8,577,571 shares of common stock and there are no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. In September 2016, the Company issued an additional 252,972 shares of common stock at a price of $12.00 per share following the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. The Company received an aggregate of $83.6 million in cash, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, and after deducting offering costs paid by the Company.

Liquidity

The Company has incurred net losses from operations since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $64.6$217.7 million as of December 31, 2016.2019. The Company’s ultimate success depends on the outcome of its research and development and collaboration activities. The Company expects to incur additional losses and negative cash flows forin the foreseeable future and it anticipates the need to raise additional capital to fully implementcontinue to execute its long-range business plan. The Company intends to raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity and/or strategic alliances with partner companies. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $87.7 million of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities and management believes the existing cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities will be sufficient to meetSince the Company’s anticipated operatinginitial public offering in August 2016, it has financed its operations through offerings of common stock, payments received under a license and capital expenditure requirements.collaboration agreement and proceeds received from long-term debt. 

Note2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Protagonist Pty LtdAustralia, and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP)(“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated inupon consolidation.

IndexCertain prior period amounts have been reclassified to Financial Statements
conform to the current year presentation. There was no effect on net loss or stockholders’ equity related to these reclassifications.

The financial statements of Protagonist Pty LtdAustralia use the Australian dollar as the functional currency since the majority of expense transactions occur in such currency. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions were not material for all periods presented. The re-measurement from Australian dollar to U.S. dollars is outlined below:

a.

Equity accounts, except for the change in retained earnings during the year, have been translated using historical exchange rates.

b.

All other Australian dollar denominated assets and liabilities as of December 31, 20162019 and 20152018 have been translated using the year-end exchange rate.

c.

The consolidated statements of operations have been translated at the weighted average exchange rates in effect during each year, except for depreciation, which has been translated at historical exchange rates.year.

Foreign currency translation gains and losses are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit) in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets.

95

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, accruals for research and development activities, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, fair value of common stock, stock-based compensation, income taxes, research and income taxes.development tax incentives, marketable securities and leases. Estimates related to revenue recognition include actual costs incurred versus total estimated costs of the Company’s deliverables to determine percentage of completion in addition to the application and estimates of potential revenue constraints in the determination of the transaction price under its license and collaboration agreements. Management bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to forecasted amounts and future events. Actual results may differ significantly from those estimates.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-salemarketable securities. Substantially all of the Company’s cash is held by onetwo financial institutioninstitutions that management believes isare of high credit quality. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The primary focus of the Company’s investment strategy is to preserve capital and to meet liquidity requirements.  The Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities are managed by external managers within the guidelines of the Company’s investment policy. The Company’s investment policy addresses the level of credit exposure by limiting concentration in any one corporate issuer and establishing a minimum allowable credit rating. To manage its credit risk exposure, the Company maintains its portfolio of cash equivalents and marketable securities in fixed income securities denominated and payable in U.S. dollars. Permissible investments of fixed income securities include obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, money market instruments including commercial paper and negotiable certificates of deposit, and highly rated corporate debt obligations and money market funds.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents that are readily convertible to cash are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of amounts invested in money market funds, commercial paper and government bonds.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consistedconsists of cash balances primarily held as security in connection with a letter of credit related to the Company’s facility lease entered into in March 2017 and the Company’s corporate credit card.

Available-for-SaleCash as Reported in Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Cash as reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows includes the aggregate amounts of cash and cash equivalents and the restricted cash as presented on the consolidated balance sheets.

96

Cash as reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows consists of (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

   

2018

 

2017

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

33,006

 

$

82,233

 

$

106,029

Restricted cash - current

 

 

10

 

 

10

 

 

10

Restricted cash - noncurrent

 

 

450

 

 

450

 

 

450

Cash balance in consolidated statements of cash flows

 

$

33,466

 

$

82,693

 

$

106,489

Marketable Securities

All marketable securities have been classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at estimated fair value as determined based upon quoted market prices or pricing models for similar securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of its marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation

Index to Financial Statements

as of each balance sheet date. Short-term marketable securities have maturities lessgreater than three months but not longer than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Long-term marketable securities have maturities greater thanof 365 days or longer as of the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on marketable securities is included in interest income.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value accounting is applied forto all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, receivable from collaboration partner, accounts payable, payable to collaboration partner and accrued expenses and other payables approximate fair value due to their short termshort-term maturities. See Note 3. Fair Value Measurements4. to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the fair value of the Company’s other financial assets and liabilities.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.

Leases

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases, (“ASC 842”) effective January 1, 2019. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Pursuant to ASC 842, operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, operating lease liabilities, and noncurrent operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. If the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. Lease terms include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

97

The Company records tenant improvement allowances as a reduction to the ROU asset with the impact of the decrease recognized prospectively over the remaining lease term. The leasehold improvements will be amortized over the shorter of their useful life or the remaining term of the lease.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, primarily comprised of property, equipment and equipment,operating lease right-of-use assets, for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the asset. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets for any of the periods presented.

Accrued Research and Development CostsLong Term Debt 

The Company accruesaccounts for estimated costsinterest on its long-term debt under the effective interest method, with interest expense comprised of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conductcontractual interest, amortization of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued expensesorigination fees and other payables in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expenses. The Company accrues for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued liabilities balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued liabilities. The Company has not experienced any material differences between accruedissuance costs, and actual costs incurred. However, the status and timingaccretion of actual services performed, number of patients enrolled, and the rate of patient enrollments may vary from the Company’s estimates, resulting in adjustments to expense in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to the Company’s accruals could materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

final payment fees.

Index to Financial Statements

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents allincludes net loss as well as other changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) exceptthat result from transactions and economic events other than those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company’s foreign currency translation and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities represent the only components of other comprehensive loss that are excluded from the reported net loss and that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than a 50% likelylikelihood of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To date, there have been no interest or penalties recorded in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Revenue Recognition

The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration which the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that the Company determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The Company applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the Company will collect the

98

consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract, determines those that are performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligations when (or as) the performance obligations are satisfied. The Company constrains its estimate of the transaction price up to the amount (the “variable consideration constraint”) that a significant reversal of recognized revenue is not probable.

Licenses of intellectual property:  If a license to the Company’s intellectual property is determined to be distinct from the other performance obligations identified in an arrangement, the Company recognizes revenue from non-refundable, upfront fees allocated to the license when the license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. For licenses that are bundled with other promises, the Company utilizes judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time and, if over time, the appropriate method of measuring proportional performance for purposes of recognizing revenue from non-refundable, upfront fees. The Company evaluates the measure of proportional performance each reporting period and, if necessary, adjusts the measure of performance and related revenue recognition.

Milestone payments:  At the inception of each arrangement or amendment that includes development, regulatory or commercial milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether the milestones are considered probable of being reached and estimates the amount to be included in the transaction price. ASC 606 suggests two alternatives to use when estimating the amount of variable consideration: the expected value method and the most likely amount method. Under the expected value method, an entity considers the sum of probability-weighted amounts in a range of possible consideration amounts. Under the most likely amount method, an entity considers the single most likely amount in a range of possible consideration amounts. Whichever method is used, it should be consistently applied throughout the life of the contract; however, it is not necessary for the Company to use the same approach for all contracts. The Company expects to use the most likely amount method for development and regulatory milestone payments. If it is probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur, the associated milestone value is included in the transaction price. Milestone payments that are not within the control of the Company or the licensee, such as regulatory approvals, are not considered probable of being achieved until those approvals are received. If there is more than one performance obligation, the transaction price is then allocated to each performance obligation on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The Company recognizes revenue as or when the performance obligations under the contract are satisfied. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, the Company re-evaluates the probability or achievement of each such milestone and any related constraint, and if necessary, adjusts its estimates of the overall transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenues and earnings in the period of adjustment.

Royalties:  For arrangements that include sales-based royalties, including milestone payments based on the level of sales, and the license is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate, the Company recognizes revenue at the later of (i) when the related sales occur, or (ii) when the performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied).

Upfront payments and fees are recorded as deferred revenue upon receipt or when due and may require deferral of revenue recognition to a future period until the Company performs its obligations under these arrangements. Amounts payable to the Company are recorded as accounts receivable when the Company’s right to consideration is unconditional. Amounts payable to the Company and not yet billed to the collaboration partner are recorded as contract assets. The Company does not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is such that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer will be one year or less.

Contractual cost sharing payments made to a customer or collaboration partner are accounted for as a reduction to the transaction price if such payments are not related to distinct goods or services received from the customer or collaboration partner.

99

Contracts may be amended to account for changes in contract specifications and requirements. Contract modifications exist when the amendment either creates new, or changes existing, enforceable rights and obligations. When contract modifications create new performance obligations and the increase in consideration approximates the standalone selling price for goods and services related to such new performance obligations as adjusted for specific facts and circumstances of the contract, the modification is considered to be a separate contract. If a contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract, the Company accounts for the promised goods or services not yet transferred at the date of the contract modification (the remaining promised goods or services) prospectively, as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new contract, if the remaining goods or services are distinct from the goods or services transferred on or before the date of the contract modification. The Company accounts for a contract modification as if it were a part of the existing contract if the remaining goods or services are not distinct and, therefore, form part of a single performance obligation that is partially satisfied at the date of the contract modification. In such case the effect that the contract modification has on the transaction price, and on the entity’s measure of progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) at the date of the contract modification (the adjustment to revenue is made on a cumulative catch-up basis).

The period between when the Company transfers control of promised goods or services and when the Company receives payment is expected to be one year or less, and that expectation is consistent with the Company’s historical experience. Upfront payment contract liabilities resulting from the Company’s license and collaboration agreements do not represent a financing component as the payment is not financing the transfer of goods and services, and the technology underlying the licenses granted reflects research and development expenses already incurred by the Company. As such, the Company does not adjust its revenues for the effects of a significant financing component.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, unless there is an alternate future use in other research and consist ofdevelopment projects or otherwise. Research and development costs include salaries and benefits, stock-based compensation expense, lablaboratory supplies and facilityfacility-related overhead, outside contracted services including clinical trial costs, as well as fees paid to others that conduct certainmanufacturing and process development costs for both clinical and pre-clinical materials, research costs, development milestone payments under license and collaboration agreements, and other consulting services.

The Company accrues for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated services provided but not yet invoiced and includes these costs in accrued expenses and other payables in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company accrues for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued liabilities. The Company has not experienced any material differences between accrued liabilities and actual costs incurred. However, the status and timing of actual services performed, number of patients enrolled, the rate of patient enrollment and number and location of sites activated may vary from the Company’s behalf.estimates, resulting in adjustments to expense in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to the Company’s accruals could materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

Research and Development Tax Incentive

The Company is eligible under the AusIndustry research and development tax incentive program to obtain either a refundable cash amounttax incentive or a taxable credit in the form of a non-cash tax incentive from the Australian Taxation Office (“ATO”). The refundable cash tax incentive is available to the Company on the basis of specific criteria with which the Company must comply. Specifically, the Company must have revenueannual turnover of less than AUD 20.0 million and cannot be controlled by income tax exempt entities. These research and developmentThe refundable cash tax incentives areincentive is recognized as contraa reduction to research and development expense when the right to receive has been attained and funds are considered to be collectible. The tax incentive is denominated in Australian dollars and, therefore, the related receivable is remeasured into U.S. dollars as of each reporting date.

Under certain conditions, research and development activities conducted outside Australia (“overseas finding”) also qualify for the research and development tax incentive. Funds received for overseas finding are at a risk of clawback until substantiation that less than 50% research and development expenditures The Company may alternatively be eligible for a project will be incurred overseas. A deferredtaxable credit in the form of a non-

100

cash tax incentive is recorded uponin years when the cash receipt ofannual turnover exceeds the overseas finding funds and a reduction of research and development expenses is not recognized until thelimit. The Company can substantiate that more than 50% of the total project expenditure will occur in Australia.

When there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received with remote risk of clawback, the relevant expenditure has been incurred, and the consideration can be reliably measured, the Company records the research and development incentive, including the overseas finding funds, as research and developmentevaluates its eligibility under tax incentive receivableprograms as of each balance sheet date and a reduction of researchmakes accrual and development expenses forrelated adjustments based on the balance to reflect that the funds are owed to the Company for the year the eligible costs are incurred.

most current and relevant data available.

Index to Financial Statements

SBIR Grants

The Company has been awardedreceived Small Business Innovation Research (“SBIR”) grants from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) in support of its research activities. The Company records the eligible costs incurred under the SBIR grants asrecognizes a reduction ofto research and development expenses.expenses when expenses related to grants have been incurred and the grant funds become contractually due from NIH.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The Company has determined that the Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock represents a freestanding financial instrument, which was accounted for as a liability. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. At the time of the exercise or expiration of the option, any remaining value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company has accounted for its freestanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value upon issuance. At the end of each reporting period, changes in estimated fair value during the period are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company continued to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or expiration on May 10, 2016, and no further remeasurement is required.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair values of the awards as of the grant date usingdate. For stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.model to estimate fair values. For restricted stock unit awards, the estimated fair value is generally the fair market value of the underlying stock on the grant date. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’sThe Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”) effective January 1, 2017 and has elected to recognize forfeitures of stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.awards as they occur on a prospective basis.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the Company’s net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and Exchange Warrants outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. TheIn accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, the Exchange Warrants are included in the computation of basic net loss attributable to common stockholdersper share because the exercise price is calculated by adjustingnegligible and they are fully vested and exercisable after the net loss of the Company for the accretion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock.original issuance date. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented since the effect of potentially dilutive securities areis anti-dilutive given the net loss of the Company.Company in each period. See Note 11. Stockholders' Equity for additional information regarding the Exchange Warrants.

RecentRecently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, Adopted During the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15,Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 requires management to perform interim and annual assessments

Index to Financial Statements

of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance effectiveYear Ended December 31, 2016, and there was no impact on the disclosures to its consolidated financial statements.2019

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which is intended to simplify and improve how deferred taxes are classified on the balance sheet. The guidance in this ASU eliminates the current requirement to present deferred tax assets and liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet and now requires entities to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods though early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02,Leases(Topic 842). Under the new guidance, (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged, while lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (January 1, 2019, for us). Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. While the Company is currently evaluating the impact that the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements, the Company expects the non-cancellable operating lease commitments will be subject to the new guidance and recognized as right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, but the Company does not expect the adoption of the new guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, the determination of forfeiture rates, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-13, 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842). In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, which provides clarification to ASU 2016-02. These ASUs (collectively, the new lease standard) require an entity to recognize a lease liability and a ROU asset on the balance sheet for leases with lease terms of more than twelve months. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged, while lessees are no longer provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) - Targeted Improvements, which allows entities to elect an optional transition method where entities may continue to apply the existing lease guidance during the comparative periods and apply the new lease requirements through a cumulative effect adjustment in the period of adoption rather than in the earliest period presented. The Company adopted the new lease standard using the modified retrospective approach effective January 1, 2019 and elected the package of transitional practical expedients, such that, for leases existing prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company did not need to reassess whether contracts are leases, retained historical lease classification and historical initial direct costs classification. The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient to determine the lease term for existing leases. At January 1, 2019, the Company derecognized its deferred rent liability in the amount of $0.8 million and recognized a ROU asset and related lease liability in the amount of $7.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively.

 In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718  – Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from

101

nonemployees. The Company adopted this guidance prospectively as of January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted as of December 31, 2019

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016‑13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326), which is intended to provide financial statement users with more useful information about expected credit losses on financial assets held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. The new standard replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable forward-looking information to estimate all expected credit losses. This guidance was originally effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates, which amended the mandatory effective date of ASU No. 2016-13 to fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements and is intended to improve the effectiveness of disclosures, including the consideration of costs and benefits. The guidance is effective for the fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after January 1, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, and an entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures and delay adoption of additional disclosures until their effective date. The Company does not expect this new guidance to impact its consolidated financial statements and is currently evaluating the impact on its disclosures.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction Between Topic 808 and Topic 606, which is intended to clarify the circumstances under which certain transactions in collaborative arrangements should be accounted for under the revenue recognition standard. Certain transactions between collaboration arrangement participants should be accounted for as revenue under ASC Topic 606 when the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer in the context of a unit of account. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early2020. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018.permitted. The Company is currently evaluatingin the process of assessing the impact of this new guidance.guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 230) – Classification of Certain Cash Receipts740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, whichremoves certain exceptions and Cash Payments, which clarifies the classification ofamends certain cash receipts and cash

Index to Financial Statements

paymentsrequirements in the statements of cash flowexisting income tax guidance to eliminate the diversity in practice related to eight specific cash flow issues.ease accounting requirements. This ASUguidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.2020 and must be applied on a retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluatingin the process of assessing the impact of this new guidance.guidance on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

Note 3.    License and Collaboration Agreement  

Agreement Terms

On May 26, 2017, the Company and Janssen Biotech, Inc., (“Janssen”), one of the Janssen Pharmaceutical Companies of Johnson & Johnson, entered into an exclusive license and collaboration agreement (the “Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement”) for the development, manufacture and potential commercialization of PTG-200 worldwide for the treatment of Crohn’s disease (“CD”) and ulcerative colitis (“UC”). Janssen is a related party to the Company as Johnson & Johnson Innovation - JJDC, Inc., a significant stockholder of the Company, and Janssen are both subsidiaries of Johnson & Johnson. PTG-200 is the Company’s orally delivered gut-restricted Interleukin 23 receptor (“IL 23R”) antagonist drug candidate currently in development. The Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement

102

became effective on July 13, 2017. Upon the effectiveness of the agreement, the Company received a non-refundable, upfront cash payment of $50.0 million from Janssen.

Under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, the Company granted to Janssen an exclusive worldwide license to develop, manufacture and commercialize PTG-200 and related IL 23R compounds for all indications, including CD and UC. The Company was responsible, at its own expense, for the conduct of the Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-200, and Janssen is responsible for the conduct of the Phase 2 clinical trial for PTG-200 in CD, including filing the U.S. Investigational New Drug application (“IND”). Development costs for the Phase 2 clinical trial are shared between the parties on an 80/20 basis, with Janssen assuming the larger share. Janssen submitted an IND for PTG-200 in CD during the second quarter of 2019, which took effect in July 2019. The Company initiated a Phase 2 clinical study for PTG-200 in CD with Janssen in the fourth quarter of 2019.

The Company entered into an amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement effective May 7, 2019. The First Amendment builds upon the Company’s ongoing development collaboration with Janssen for PTG-200 and, upon the effectiveness of the First Amendment, the Company became eligible to receive a $25.0 million payment from Janssen, which was received during the second quarter of 2019. The First Amendment expanded the scope of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement by supporting research efforts towards identifying and developing second-generation IL-23R antagonists (“second-generation compounds”).

As part of the services added in the First Amendment, Janssen will pay certain costs and milestones related to advancing pre-clinical candidates from the second-generation research program through Phase 1 studies, including funding of a certain number of full-time equivalent employees (“FTEs”) at the Company for a set period of time. The Company will pay 100% of the costs for the Phase 1 studies for the first second-generation compound, and 50% of the costs of the Phase 1 studies for the second and third second-generation compounds; thereafter Janssen will pay 100% of any further Phase 1 development costs. Development costs for the Phase 2 clinical trials for second-generation compounds are shared between the parties on an 80/20 basis, with Janssen assuming the larger share. The Company’s Phase 1 and Phase 2 development costs are also limited by overall spending caps. In November 2016,December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18,StatementCompany became eligible to receive a $5.0 million payment trigged by the successful nomination of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – Restricted Cash,a second-generation development compound. The Company will be eligible to receive a $7.5 million milestone payment at the completion of a Phase 1 study for the first second-generation compound.

Prior to the effectiveness of the First Amendment, the Company had been eligible to receive a $25.0 million milestone payment upon Janssen’s filing of the IND. This amount had been considered constrained until a time at which requires the presentationCompany would have become eligible to receive the $25.0 million payment from Janssen. Payments to the Company for research and development services are generally billed and collected as services are performed or assets are delivered, including research activities and Phase 1 and Phase 2 development activities. Janssen bills the Company for its 20% share of the Phase 2 development costs as expenses are incurred by Janssen. Milestone payments are received after the related milestones are achieved.

Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company will be eligible to receive clinical development, regulatory and sales milestones, if and as achieved, and/or payments relating to Janssen’s elections to maintain or expand its license rights. The next such payment is a $50.0 million payment based on Phase 2a clinical trial results, as follows:

• Janssen can elect to advance PTG-200 into Phase 2b following receipt of the top line results of the CD Phase 2a clinical trial for PTG-200 by paying a $50.0 million maintenance fee (the “Amended First Opt-in Election”); or

•  Janssen would make a $50.0 million milestone payment following dosing of the third patient in first Phase 2b clinical trial for CD for a second-generation product (the “Second-Generation Phase 2b Milestone”).

Janssen can also then elect to receive exclusive, world-wide commercial rights for both PTG-200 and second-generation products following the Phase 2b completion date for PTG-200 or a second-generation product by paying a $50.0 million payment (the “Amended Second Opt-in Election”). Formerly, the first and second opt-in payments were $125.0 million and $200.0 million, respectively. If Janssen does not make the Amended Second Opt-in Election, with

103

respect to either PTG-200 or a second-generation compound, the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement would terminate.

The Company will also be eligible for certain additional milestone payments including a potential payment of either $100.0 million upon a Phase 3 CD clinical trial meeting a primary clinical endpoint with respect to PTG-200 or $115.0 million upon a Phase 3 CD clinical trial meeting a primary clinical endpoint with respect to a second-generation compound.

Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company will be eligible to receive tiered royalties on net product sales at percentages ranging from mid-single digits to ten percent. Under the terms of the First Amendment, the Company will be eligible to receive up to $1.0 billion in research, development, regulatory and sales milestones.

The Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement remains in effect until the royalty obligations cease following patent and regulatory expiry, unless terminated earlier. Upon a termination of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, all rights revert back to the Company, and in certain circumstances, if such termination occurs during ongoing clinical trials, Janssen would, if requested, provide certain financial and operational support to the Company for the completion of such trials.

Revenue Recognition

The Company has concluded that the amended Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement continues to contain a single performance obligation including the development license; second-generation compound research services; Phase 1 development services for PTG-200 and potential second-generation compounds; the Company’s services associated with Phase 2 development for PTG-200 until Phase 2a; the Company’s services associated with Phase 2 development for a second-generation product until the dosing of the third patient in Phase 2b; and all other such services that the Company may perform at the request of Janssen to support the development of PTG-200, second-generation research services, or the development of a second-generation compound. The Company concluded that the Amended First Opt-in Election and the Amended Second Opt-in Election options are not considered to be material rights.

The Company determined that the license was not distinct from the added research and development services within the context of the agreement because the added research and development services significantly increase the utility of the intellectual property. The Company also determined that the remaining research and development services are not distinct from the partially delivered combined promise comprised under the agreement prior to the First Amendment of the development license and PTG-200 services, including compound supply and other services. Therefore, the First Amendment is treated as if it were part of the original Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement. The First Amendment was accounted for as if it were an extension of services under the initial Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement by applying a cumulative catch-up adjustment to revenue. As of the effective date of the First Amendment, the Company calculated the adjusted cumulative revenue under the amended Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement by updating the transaction price for the incremental consideration to be received, net of the incremental development cost reimbursement to be paid to Janssen, and an updated percentage complete, which resulted in a cumulative adjustment recorded during the year ended December 31, 2019 that reduced revenue by $9.4 million.

The contract duration is defined as the period in which parties to the contract have present enforceable rights and obligations. For revenue recognition purposes, the Company determined that the duration of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement, as amended, began on the effective date of July 13, 2017 and ends upon the later of end of Phase 2a for PTG-200 or upon dosing of the third patient in Phase 2b for a second-generation compound.

The Company uses the most likely amount method to estimate variable consideration included in the transaction price. Variable consideration after the First Amendment consists of future milestone payments and cost sharing payments from Janssen for agreed upon services offset by Phase 2 development costs reimbursement payable to Janssen. Cost sharing payments from Janssen relate to the agreed upon services for Phase 2 activities that the Company performs within the duration of the contract are included in the transaction price at an amount equal to 80% of the estimated budgeted costs for these activities, including primarily internal full-time equivalent effort and third party contract costs.

104

Cost sharing payments to Janssen relate to agreed upon services for Phase 2 activities that Janssen performs within the duration of the contract are not a distinct service that Janssen transfers to the Company. Therefore, the consideration payable to Janssen is accounted for as a reduction in the transaction price.

The Company determined that the transaction price of the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement was $112.9 million as of December 31, 2019, an increase of $52.2 million from the transaction price of $60.7 million at December 31, 2018 and $59.0 million from the transaction price of $53.9 million at December 31, 2017. In order to determine the transaction price, the Company evaluated all payments to be received during the duration of the contract, net of Phase 2 development costs reimbursement expected to be payable to Janssen. The Company determined that the transaction price includes the $50.0 million upfront payment, the $25.0 million payment received upon the effectiveness of the First Amendment, the $5.0 million payment triggered by the successful nomination of a second-generation compound, $18.3 million of reimbursement from Janssen for services performed for PTG-200 Phase 2 and for second-generation compound research costs and other services, and $14.6 million of estimated variable consideration, which includes a $7.5 million milestone payment subject to the completion of a Phase 1 study for a second-generation compound. The Company evaluated whether the variable component of the transaction price should be constrained to ensure that a significant reversal of revenue recognized on a cumulative basis as of December 31, 2019 is not probable. The Company concluded that the variable consideration constraint does not further decrease the estimated transaction price as of December 31, 2019. The additional potential development, regulatory and sales milestone payments after the completion of Phase 2b activities that the Company would be eligible to receive are currently outside the contract term as defined for revenue recognition purposes and as such have been excluded from the transaction price. The increase in transaction price following the effectiveness of the First Amendment was primarily due to the collection of the $25.0 million payment, the $5.0 million payment receivable as of December 31, 2019, the $7.5 million milestone payment for the successful completion of a Phase 1 study for a second- generation compound and increases in reimbursable costs related to new and extended research and development services, offset by Phase 2 development costs reimbursement payable to Janssen.

The Company re-evaluates the transaction price, including variable consideration, at the end of each reporting period and as uncertain events are resolved or other changes in restricted cash or restricted cash equivalentscircumstances occur. The Company and Janssen make quarterly cost sharing payments to one another in amounts necessary to ensure that each party bears its contractual share of the overall shared costs incurred.

The Company utilizes a cost-based input method to measure proportional performance and to calculate the corresponding amount of revenue to recognize. In applying the cost-based input methods of revenue recognition, the Company uses actual costs incurred relative to expected costs to fulfill the combined performance obligation. These costs consist primarily of internal FTE effort and third-party contract costs. Revenue will be recognized based on actual costs incurred as a percentage of total estimated costs as the Company completes its performance obligations. A cost-based input method of revenue recognition requires management to make estimates of costs to complete the Company’s performance obligations. The Company believes this is the best measure of progress because other measures do not reflect how the Company transfers its performance obligation to Janssen. In making such estimates, significant judgment is required to evaluate assumptions related to cost estimates. The cumulative effect of revisions to estimated costs to complete the Company’s performance obligations will be recorded in the period in which changes are identified and amounts can be reasonably estimated. A significant change in these assumptions and estimates could have a material impact on the statementtiming and amount of cash flows.revenue recognized in future periods.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $0.2 million of license and collaboration revenue. This ASU is effectiveamount included a $9.4 million cumulative catchup adjustment as a reduction of revenue, offset by $8.0 million of license and collaboration revenue recognized following the contract modification for the fiscalFirst Amendment and $1.6 million of collaboration revenue recognized during the first quarter of 2019 under the original Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement prior to the effectiveness of the First Amendment.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recognized $30.9 million of license and collaboration revenue. This amount included $30.8 million of the transaction price for the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement recognized based on proportional performance, and $0.1 million, net, for other services related to Phase 2

105

activities performed by the Company on behalf of Janssen that were not included in the performance obligations identified under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized $20.1 million of license and collaboration revenue. This amount included $19.0 million of the transaction price for the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement recognized based on proportional performance, and $1.1 million for other services related to Phase 2 activities performed by the Company on behalf of Janssen that were not included in the performance obligations identified under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement.

The following table presents changes in the Company’s contract assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and interim periods within those years2018 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of

 

 

 

 

 

End of

Year Ended December 31, 2019

    

Period

 

Additions

    

Deductions

    

Period

Contract assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Receivable from collaboration partner - related party

 

$

2,042

 

$

36,837

 

$

(32,924)

 

$

5,955

 Contract asset - related party

 

$

2,545

 

$

800

 

$

(2,545)

 

$

800

Contract liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Deferred revenue - related party

 

$

8,223

 

$

42,456

 

$

(9,149)

 

$

41,530

 Payable to collaboration partner - related party

 

$

1,061

 

$

1,468

 

$

(1,267)

 

$

1,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

Beginning of

 

 

 

 

 

End of

Year ended December 31, 2018

    

Period

 

Additions

    

Deductions

    

Period

Contract assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Receivable from collaboration partner - related party

 

$

1,816

 

$

6,665

 

$

(6,439)

 

$

2,042

 Contract asset - related party

 

$

 

$

2,545

 

$

 

$

2,545

Contract liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Deferred revenue - related party

 

$

31,752

 

$

7,296

 

$

(30,825)

 

$

8,223

 Payable to collaboration partner - related party

 

$

 

$

1,574

 

$

(513)

 

$

1,061

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $1.6 million in revenue from the deferred revenue contract liability balance at the beginning afterof the year, which represents the revenue recognized during the first quarter of 2019 prior to the effectiveness of the First Amendment. During the year ended December 15,31, 2018, the Company recognized $23.5 million in revenue from the deferred revenue contract liability balance at the beginning of the year. During the year ended December 31, 2017, with early adoption permitted. Thethe Company is currently evaluatingdid not recognize any revenue from amounts included in the impactcontract asset and the contract liability balances at the beginning of this new guidance.the year or from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods. None of the costs to obtain or fulfill the contract were capitalized.

3.Note4.    Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2—Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

106

Level 3—Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotation,quotations, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well asand considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities determined using the inputs defined above (amounts in(in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

12,964

 

$

 —

 

$

 

$

12,964

Commercial paper

 

 

 —

 

 

44,282

 

 

 —

 

 

44,282

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 —

 

 

33,662

 

 

 —

 

 

33,662

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 

40,810

  

 

 —

 

 

40,810

Total financial assets

 

$

12,964

 

$

118,754

  

$

 —

 

$

131,718

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  December 31, 2016 

 

December 31, 2018

  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

Assets:

        

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

  $11,270   $—    $—    $11,270 

 

$

25,390

 

$

 —

 

$

 

$

25,390

Corporate bonds

   —     21,841    —     21,841 

Commercial paper

   —     10,769    —     10,769 

 

 

 —

 

 

59,730

 

 

 

 

59,730

Governmental bonds

   —     41,289    —     41,289 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 —

 

 

8,989

  

 

 

 

8,989

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 

 

 —

 

 

33,394

  

 

 

 

33,394

Total financial assets

  $11,270   $73,899   $—    $85,169 

 

$

25,390

 

$

102,113

  

$

 —

 

$

127,503

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Index to Financial Statements
   December 31, 2015 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Assets:

        

Money market funds

  $2,136   $—    $—    $2,136 

Corporate bonds

   —     7,368    —     7,368 

Commercial paper

   —     500    —     500 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial assets

  $2,136   $7,868   $—    $10,004 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

  $—    $—    $1,643   $1,643 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   —     —     480    480 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

  $—    $—    $2,123   $2,123 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The corporate bonds,Company’s commercial paper, corporate debt securities and government bondsU.S. Treasury and agency securities are classified as Level 2 as they were valued based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets.

Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s assumptions in measuring fair value. Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value measurementsbecause the Term Loan bears interest at a rate that approximates prevailing market rates for instruments with similar characteristics and there is no significant change in the credit worthiness of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability were based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement.

The redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability stems from the initial sale of the Company’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon a majority of the stockholders of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock and/or the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were at the option of the holders. The Company estimated the fair value of this liability using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model. The change in fair value was recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 10 for further discussion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and related valuations.

The determination of the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is discussed in Note 8. Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows (in thousands):Company.

 

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2016  2015 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability:

   

Beginning balance

  $1,643  $—   

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   —     1,017 

Change in fair value upon revaluation

   4,194   626 

Settlement of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability due to the issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

   (5,837  —  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $—    $1,643 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

107

Index to Financial StatementsTable of Contents
   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2016  2015 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability:

   

Beginning balance

  $480  $1,023 

Change in fair value upon revaluation

   525   (543

Reclassification of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to redeemable convertible preferred stock

   (1,005  —  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $—   $480 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

4.

Note 5.    Balance Sheet Components

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-saleMarketable Securities

Cash equivalents and available-for-salemarketable securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

Amortized

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

    

Cost

    

Gains

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

Money market funds

 

$

12,964

 

$

 —

  

$

 

$

12,964

Commercial paper

 

 

44,284

 

 

 2

  

 

(4)

 

 

44,282

Corporate debt securities

 

 

33,653

 

 

11

  

 

(2)

 

 

33,662

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 

 

40,798

 

 

14

  

 

(2)

 

 

40,810

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

131,699

 

$

27

  

$

(8)

 

$

131,718

Classified as:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

$

31,707

Marketable securities

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

100,011

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

$

131,718

 

   December 31, 2016 
   Amortized   Gross Unrealized    
   Cost   Gains   Losses  Fair Value 

Money market funds

  $11,270   $—     $—    $11,270 

Corporate bonds

   21,886    —      (45  21,841 

Commercial paper

   10,769    —      —     10,769 

Government bonds

   41,316    2    (29  41,289 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

  $85,241   $2   $(74 $85,169 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Classified as:

       

Cash equivalents

       $18,504 

Available-for-sale securities - current

        56,515 

Available-for-sale securities - noncurrent

        10,150 
       

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

       $85,169 
       

 

 

 
   December 31, 2015 
   Amortized   Gross Unrealized    
   Cost   Gains   Losses  Fair Value 

Money market funds

  $2,136   $—     $—    $2,136 

Corporate bonds

   7,373    —      (5  7,368 

Commercial paper

   500    —      —     500 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

  $10,009   $—     $(5 $10,004 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Classified as:

       

Cash equivalents

       $2,136 

Available-for-sale securities - current

        7,868 
       

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

       $10,004 
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

 

Amortized

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

    

Cost

    

Gains

    

Losses

    

Fair Value

Money market funds

 

$

25,390

 

$

 —

  

$

 

$

25,390

Commercial paper

 

 

59,730

 

 

 —

  

 

 —

 

 

59,730

Corporate debt securities

 

 

8,997

 

 

 —

  

 

(8)

 

 

8,989

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 

 

33,423

 

 

 —

  

 

(29)

 

 

33,394

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

127,540

 

$

 —

  

$

(37)

 

$

127,503

Classified as:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

$

80,883

Marketable securities

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

46,620

Total cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

$

127,503

All available-for-salemarketable securities - current held as of December 31, 20162019 and December 31, 20152018 had contractual maturities of less than one year. All available securities – noncurrent held as of December 31, 2016 had contractual maturities of greater than one year but less than two years. There have beenwere no material realized gains or realized losses on available-for-salefrom sales of marketable securities for the periods presented.

Index to Financial Statements

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Prepaid clinical and research related expenses

 

$

2,567

 

$

686

Prepaid insurance

 

 

1,161

 

 

438

Other prepaid expenses

 

 

1,057

 

 

1,005

Other receivable

 

 

744

 

 

495

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

5,529

 

$

2,624

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Prepaid clinical and research related expenses

  $2,488   $1,253 

Other

   906    305 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  $3,394   $1,558 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

108

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

Laboratory equipment

 

$

2,947

 

$

2,533

Furniture and computer equipment

 

 

512

 

 

338

Leasehold improvements

 

 

863

 

 

67

Total property and equipment

 

 

4,322

 

 

2,938

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(2,641)

 

 

(2,077)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

1,681

 

$

861

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Laboratory equipment

  $1,650   $1,452 

Furniture and computer equipment

   163    140 

Leasehold improvements

   62    48 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

   1,875    1,640 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (1,313   (1,031
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $562   $609 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018, and 20142017 was $317,000, $247,000$703,000,  $527,000 and $258,000,$406,000, respectively. As of December 31, 20162019, 2018 and 2015, $8,0002017,  $37,000,  $200 and $51,000,$1,200, respectively, of property and equipment, net, werewas located in Australia. The remainder of the assets areCompany’s property and equipment is located in the United States.

Accrued Expenses and Other Payables

Accrued expenses and other payables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

 

2018

Accrued clinical and research related expenses

 

$

7,232

 

$

7,781

Accrued employee related expenses

 

 

4,637

 

 

2,726

Accrued professional service fees

 

 

301

 

 

61

Accrued interest payable

 

 

68

 

 

 —

Other

 

 

122

 

 

595

Total accrued expenses and other payables

 

$

12,360

 

$

11,163

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Accrued clinical and research related expenses

  $3,617   $976 

Accrued employee related expenses

   1,420    754 

Other

   235    149 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other payables

  $5,272   $1,879 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5.

Note 6.    Research Collaboration and License Agreement

In October 2013, the Company’s former collaboration partner decided to abandon a collaboration program with the Company and, pursuant to the terms of the agreement between the Company and the former collaboration partner, the Company elected to assume the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product. Upon the former collaboration partner’s abandonment, it assigned to the Company certain intellectual property that relates to the products arising from the collaboration and also granted the Company an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of the former collaboration partner that relate to the products assumed by the Company. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, the Company owed the former collaboration partner a payment of $250,000. If the Company initiates a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, it will pay the former collaboration partner an additional $250,000. collaboration. The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the productsproduct and, if the Company successfully develops and

Index to Financial Statements

commercializes PTG-300PTG‑300 without a partner, the Company will pay to the former collaboration partner could be eligible to receive up to an additional aggregate of $128.5$128.0 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition,Milestone payments to collaboration partners are recorded as research and development expenses in the Company will pay toperiod that the former collaboration partner a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product until the later of ten years from the first commercial sale of the product or the expiration of the last patent covering the product. Forexpense is incurred. No research and development expense was recorded under this agreement for the year ended December 31, 2016,2019. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded research and development expense of $500,000 and $250,000, respectively, under this agreement. There were no

Note 7.    Government Programs 

Research and Development Tax Incentive

The Company recognized AUD 1.9 million ($1.3 million) of research and development expenses during the year ended December 31, 2019 in connection with a reversal of previously recorded reductions to research and development expenses related to the research and development tax incentive from the ATO. The Company determined that it had exceeded the annual turnover limit to claim such costs incurredamounts following the receipt of certain payments under the Janssen License and Collaboration Agreement. The Company is eligible to apply for the taxable credit in the form of a non-cash

109

tax incentive from the ATO for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.

6. Government Programs

Research2018 and Development Tax Incentive

The2017, the Company recognized AUD 5.32.1 million ($4.01.6 million) and AUD 1.7 million ($1.3 million), AUD 978,000 ($736,000) and AUD 639,000 ($577,000)respectively, as a reduction of research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in connection with the research and development cash tax incentive from Australia.the ATO. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015,2018, the research and development tax incentive receivable was AUD 3.12.0 million ($2.21.4 million) and AUD 978,000 ($715,000), respectively.

In March 2016, the Company received AUD 237,000 ($182,000) for overseas findings and recorded the funds as deferred tax incentive in accrued expenses and other payables on the consolidated balance sheet due to the possibility that the funds could have to be repaid. In October 2016, the Company received AUD 3.0 million ($2.2 million) including interest, in connection with the Australian research and development tax incentive. Of the funds received, AUD 1.0 million ($0.7 million) reduced the. There was no research and development tax incentive receivable and AUD 2.0 million ($1.5 million), which was for overseas findings, was recorded as deferred tax incentive in accrued expenses and other payables on the consolidated balance sheet due to the risk of clawback.December 31, 2019.

In December 2016, the Company’s research and development project under the AusIndustry research and development tax incentive program was complete and the Company substantiated that more than 50% of the total project expenditures occurred in Australia. Therefore, the overseas finding related incentive amounts are not deemed to be at risk of clawback and the Company recognized AUD 2.2 million ($1.6 million) as a reduction of research and development expenses for the overseas findings received in 2016.

SBIR Grant

In September 2015, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 SBIR Grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) in support of research on orally stable peptide antagonists of the Interleukin-23 receptor (“IL-23R”) as potential treatments for inflammatory bowel diseases (“IBD”). The total grant award was $224,000 and is for the period from September 2015 to August 2016.

In July 2016, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 SBIR Grantgrant from the National Heart, Lungs and Blood Institute of Heart and Lung Diseases(“NHLBI”) of the NIH in support of preclinicalpre-clinical research aimed at discovering and optimizing lead molecules as novel peptide mimetics of the natural hepcidin hormone. The total grant award was $219,000 and iswas for the period from August 2016 to January 2017.

In May 2017, the Company was awarded a Phase 2 SBIR grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the NIH in support of research aimed at developing biomarkers that define IL-23R target engagement by orally delivered peptide antagonists and the effects of that engagement of downstream signaling. The total grant award was $1.3 million and was originally for the period from May 2017 to April 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company requested and received an extension of this grant through April 2020.

In September 2018, the Company was awarded a Phase 2  SBIR Grant from the NHLBI of the NIH in support of research aimed at developing the Company’s novel hepcidin mimetic PTG-300 for the potential treatment of chronic anemia and iron overload in rare blood disorders, including beta-thalassemia. The total grant award was $1.5 million and is for the period from September 2018 to August 2020.

The Company recognizes contraa reduction to research and development expenses when expenses related to the grants have been incurred and the grant funds become contractually due from NIH. The Company recorded $169,000$1.4 million, $663,000 and $155,000$182,000 as a reduction of research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 20162019, 2018 and 2015,2017, respectively. The Company recorded a receivable for $100,000$304,000 and $155,000$309,000 as of December 31, 20162019 and 2015,2018, respectively, to reflect the eligible costs incurred under the grants that are contractually due to the Company and such amounts areCompany. This receivable is included in the prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 8.   Debt

IndexOn October 30, 2019, the Company entered into a Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2019 (the “Closing Date”) by and among the Company, MidCap Financial Trust, as a lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as a lender, the other lenders party thereto from time to time and MidCap Financial Statements

7. CommitmentsTrust, as administrative agent and Contingencies

Lease Arrangementscollateral agent (“Agent”) (the “Term Loan Credit Agreement”), which provides for a $50.0 million term loan facility. The Term Loan Credit Agreement provides for (i) on the Closing Date, $10.0 million aggregate principal amount of term loans, (ii) at the Company’s option, until December 31, 2020, an additional $20.0 million term loan facility subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including clinical milestone achievement, and (iii) at the Company’s option, until September 30, 2021, an additional $20.0 million term loan facility subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including clinical milestone achievement, (collectively, the “Term Loans”). The Company intends to use the proceeds of the Term Loans for general corporate purposes

The Company leases its facilityTerm Loans are subject to an origination fee of 0.25% for each funded tranche under the Term Loan Credit Agreement and bear interest at an annual rate based on prime rate plus 2.91%, subject to a noncancelable operating lease that expires in April 2018.prime rate floor of 4.94%. The Company has providedwill make interest-only payments on the Term Loans for 24 months, followed by 24 months of principal and interest payments. At the Company’s option, the Company may prepay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment premium of 3.0% of any amount prepaid if the prepayment occurs through and including the first anniversary of the closing date, 2.0% of the amount prepaid if the prepayment occurs after the first anniversary of the closing date through and including the second anniversary of the closing date, and 1.0% of any amount prepaid after the second anniversary of the closing date and prior to October 1, 2023. An additional fee of 2.85% of the amount of Term Loans advanced by the Lenders will be due upon prepayment or repayment of the Term Loans.

110

The Term Loan Credit Agreement requires the Company to maintain cash and cash equivalents of at least 35% of the outstanding Term Loans at all times and is secured by a perfected security depositinterest in all of $30,000 as collateralthe Company's assets except for intellectual property and certain other customary excluded property pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains other covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to perform certain actions, including obligations to not pay dividends and to maintain unrestricted cash balance above certain threshold, non-occurrence of material adverse change, non-occurrence of change of control and other customary affirmative and negative covenants. The violation of any provision of covenants will result in default for the lease,Company. The Term Loan Credit Agreement includes a clause which isallows lenders to accelerate repayment upon the occurrence of certain events of default. As of December 31, 2019, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants, no event of default occurred and the probability of occurrence of event of default was considered remote.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s long-term debt balance was as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity

 

 

Annual

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

 

Date

 

 

Interest Rate

 

 

2019

Term loan

 

 

10/1/2023

 

 

7.85%

 

 

$  

10,000

Debt issuance costs, net of amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(222)

Accrued final payment fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

Long-term debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$  

9,794

The Company incurred $235,000 of issuance costs related to the Term Loan. As of December 31, 2019, the carrying value of debt issuance costs was $222,000 and was presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of long-term debt. For the year ended December 31, 2019, $13,000 of debt issuance costs were amortized and recognized as interest expense in the statement of operations. In addition, $16,000 of accreted final payment fees were recognized as interest expense in the statement of operations and included in other assetsthe carrying amount of long-term debt for the year ended December 31, 2019. The effective interest rate on long-term debt was 9.81% for the consolidated balance sheets.year ended December 31, 2019.

The following table summarizes the Company’s minimum future minimum lease paymentsdebt payment obligations including principal and final payment fee as of December 31, 20162019 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

Amount

2020

 

$

 —

2021

 

 

833

2022

 

 

5,000

2023

 

 

4,452

Total

 

$

10,285

Note  9.    Leases 

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842, which requires entities to recognize assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months on the balance sheet. Adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recording of operating lease assets of $7.5 million and operating lease liabilities of $8.3 million. The impact of the changes made

111

to the consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2019 as a result of adopting the new guidance was as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:  Amount 

2017

  $368 

2018

   87 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $455 
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

Adjustments

 

Balance at

 

 

December 31, 

 

Due to

 

January 1,

 

    

2018

    

ASC 842

    

2019

Balance Sheet:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset - noncurrent

 

$

 —

 

 

7,499

 

$

7,499

Operating lease liability - current

 

$

 —

 

 

1,080

 

$

1,080

Operating lease liability - noncurrent

 

$

 —

 

 

7,219

 

$

7,219

Deferred rent - noncurrent

 

$

799

 

 

(799)

 

$

 —

The Company’s rent expense was $408,000, $280,000Company has one operating lease agreement entered into in March 2017 for laboratory and $184,000office space located in Newark, California. The Company provided the landlord with a $450,000 letter of credit collateralized by restricted cash as security deposit for the lease, which expires in May 2024. During 2019, the Company received $469,000 from the landlord for eligible leasehold improvements made to the leased property. Leases with terms of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, and the related lease expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized $64,000 of sublease income. The Company did not recognize any sublease income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152018 and 2014,2017. Under the terms of the lease, we are responsible for certain taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses.

 The weighted average lease term and discount rate are as follows:

December 31, 

2019

Operating Lease Term and Discount Rate:

Weighted-average remaining lease term

4.4 years

Weighted-average discount rate

11.0%

The following table summarizes the Company’s minimum lease payments and lease liability as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

Amount

2020

 

$

1,941

2021

 

 

2,000

2022

 

 

2,059

2023

 

 

2,121

2024

 

 

895

Thereafter

 

 

 —

Total future minimum lease payments

 

 

9,016

   Less: imputed interest

 

 

(1,799)

Present value of future minimum lease payments

 

 

7,217

   Less: current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

(1,256)

Operating lease liability - noncurrent

 

$

5,961

112

As previously disclosed in the Company’s 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K and under the previous lease accounting standard, future minimum operating leases having initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year would have been as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31:

    

Amount

2019

 

$

1,941

2020

 

 

2,000

2021

 

 

2,059

2022

 

 

2,121

2023

 

 

2,185

Thereafter

 

 

922

 Total

 

$

11,228

Supplemental lease cost information is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

    

 

December 31, 2019

Operating lease cost

 

$

1,792

Supplemental balance sheet information is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

    

December 31, 2019

Operating Leases:

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset, non-current

 

$

6,042

 

 

 

 

Operating lease liability - current

 

$

1,256

Operating lease liability - noncurrent

 

 

5,961

 Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

7,217

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

    

December 31, 2019

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

Operating cash flow used by operating leases

 

$

1,885

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, the Company’s rent expense was $1.9 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Rent expense iswas recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the leaseslease and accordingly, the Company recordsrecorded the difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability.

IndemnificationsNote 10.    Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those arising from third party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or

113

service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by California corporate law. The Company currently hascarries a directors’ and officers’ insurance.insurance policy. To date, the Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to the indemnification agreements. The Company believes that the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal and has not accrued any amounts for the obligations.

8. Preferred StockNote 11.   Stockholders’ Equity

In September 2017, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (File No. 333-220314)  that was declared effective as of October 5, 2017 and permits the offering, issuance, and sale by the Company of up to a maximum aggregate offering price of $200.0 million of its common stock, preferred stock and certain debt securities (the “2017 Form S-3”). Up to a maximum of $50.0 million of the maximum aggregate offering price of $200.0 million may be issued and sold pursuant to an at-the-market (“ATM”) financing facility under a sales agreement (the “2017 Sales Agreement”). The 2017 Sales Agreement was terminated in 2019. During the year ended December 31, 2019, prior to the termination of the 2017 Sales Agreement, the Company sold 2,846,641 shares of its common stock for net proceeds of $34.5 million, after deducting issuance costs. The Company sold 151,273 shares of its common stock pursuant to the 2017 Sales Agreement during the year ended December 31, 2018 for net proceeds of $1.5 million, after deducting issuance costs. As of December 31, 2019,  $72.0 million of common stock remained available for sale under the 2017 Form S-3.

In October 2017, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 3,530,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $17.00 per share. In November 2017, the Company issued an additional 529,500 shares of its common stock at a price of $17.00 per share following the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. Net proceeds, after deducting underwriting commissions and offering costs paid by the Company, were $64.5 million.

In August 2018, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors (each, an “Investor” and, collectively, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $8.00 per share, for aggregate net proceeds of $21.7 million, after deducting offering expenses payable by the Company. In a concurrent private placement, the Company issued the Investors warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of its common stock (each, a “Warrant” and, collectively, the “Warrants”). Each Warrant is exercisable from August 8, 2018 through August 8, 2023. Warrants

to purchase 1,375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have an exercise price of $10.00 per share and Warrants to purchase 1,375,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have an exercise price of $15.00 per share. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”) are subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described in the Warrants. Under certain circumstances, the Warrants may be exercisable on a “cashless” basis. In connection with the Series B redeemable convertible preferredissuance and sale of the common stock financing,and Warrants, the Company issuedgranted the Investors certain registration rights with respect to the Warrants and the Warrant Shares. The common stock and warrants are classified as equity in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”), and the net proceeds from the transaction were recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2019,  none of the Warrants have been exercised.

In December 2018, the Company entered into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with an Investor and its affiliates (the “Exchanging Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Company exchanged an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, owned by the Exchanging Stockholders for pre-funded warrants (the “Exchange Warrants”) to purchase 4,000,000an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferredcommon stock at(subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described in the Exchange Warrants), with an exercise price of $0.01$0.00001 per share. These warrantsThe Exchange Warrants will expire ten years from the date of issuance. The Exchange Warrants are exercisable at any time prior to expiration except that the Exchange Warrants cannot be exercised by the Exchanging Stockholders if, after giving effect thereto, the Exchanging Stockholders would become exercisable only whenbeneficially own more than 9.99% of the Company’s  common stock, subject to certain milestones were met on programs begunexceptions. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 505,  Equity , the Company recorded the retirement of the common stock exchanged as a resultreduction of collaborations entered into in 2011common stock shares outstanding and 2012. In particular, 50% of the warrants would become exercisable upon the Company publicly announcing its first Investigational New Drug (“IND”) candidatea corresponding debit to the extent such IND candidate was the result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S, and the balance would become exercisable upon the first dosing of a human patient in a clinical trial that was the result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S. In August 2013, the initial closing date for the Series B financing, the Company issued 2,000,000 of the warrants (“First Tranche Warrants”). On August 15, 2014, in connection with the closing of the Series B second tranche financing, the Company issued the balance of the warrants (“Second Tranche Warrants”).

The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was remeasuredadditional paid-in-capital at $480,000, determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model and the

Index to Financial Statements

following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.90%, expected life of 1.6 years and expected volatility of 57.0% and probability of exercisability of 95% and 0% for the first tranche and second tranche, respectively.

In March 2016, the Company made a public announcement related to a preclinical candidate which triggered the achievement of the milestone and warrants to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock became exercisable as of that date. In April 2016, 1,999,998 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for cash proceeds of $20,000 in connection with the exercise of warrants. Immediately prior to the exercise of the warrants, the fair value of the warrants was remeasured at $1.0 million, determined using a hybrid methodExchange Warrants on

114

the issuance date. The Exchange Warrants are classified as equity in accordance with ASC 480, and fair value of the Option Pricing Model withExchange Warrants was recorded as a 67% weighted value per sharecredit to additional paid-in capital and the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) with a 33% weighted value per share. The following assumptions were used in the Option Pricing Model: risk-free interest rate of 0.73%, expected life of 2.0 years and expected volatility of 52.0%. The PWERM method included probabilities of three IPO scenarios occurring in July 2016. The scenarios were weighted based on the Company’s estimate of each event occurring in deriving the estimated fair value. Upon the exercise of warrants, the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability of $1.0 million was reclassifiedis not subject to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In May 2016, the remaining warrants for the purchase of 2,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock expired unexercised.

remeasurement. The Company recorded a charge of $525,000 and $872,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014, respectively, representing the increase indetermined that the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability inExchange Warrants is substantially similar to the consolidated statementsfair value of operations. The Company recorded a gain of $543,000the retired shares on the issuance date due to the negligible exercise price for the Exchange Warrants. During the year ended December 31, 2015, representing the decrease2019, Exchange Warrants to purchase 600,000 shares were net exercised, resulting in the fair valueissuance of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In April 2016, 1,999,998 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued in connection with the exercise of warrants for cash proceeds of $20,000.

Following the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the redeemable convertible preferred stock converted into 8,577,571 shares of common stock and the related carrying value was reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital. There were no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

The table below provides information on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

       Shares         
  Original
Issue Price
   Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
   Carrying
Value
   Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

  $1.00    6,037,500    6,037,500   $1,751   $6,038 

Series B

  $0.50    40,000,000    36,000,000    18,825    18,000 

Series C

  $0.4979    80,337,411    35,147,617    16,420    17,500 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     126,374,911    77,185,117   $36,996   $41,538 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As only the passage of time was required for Series A, B and C to become redeemable, the Company was accreting the carrying value of Series A, B and C to their redemption value over the period from the respective date of issuance to July 2022, (the earliest redemption date) up to the IPO date. In the event of a change of control of the Company, proceeds would be distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation unless the holders of redeemable convertible

Index to Financial Statements

preferred stock had converted their redeemable convertible preferred stock into599,997 shares of common stock. Therefore, redeemable convertible preferred stock was classified outsideAs of stockholders’ equity (deficit) on the consolidated balance sheets, as Series A, B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock can be redeemed and as events triggering the liquidation preferences were not solely within the Company’s control.

The Company recorded $558,000, $75,000, and $146,000 for the accretionDecember 31, 2019,  400,000 of the redeemable convertible preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The accretion was recorded as an offset to the additional paid in capital until such balance was depleted and any remaining accretion was recorded to accumulated deficit.

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche LiabilityExchange Warrants remain unexercised.

In August 2014,October 2019, the Company completedfiled a registration statement on Form S-3 (File no. 333-234414) that was declared effective as of November 22, 2019 and permits the closing ofoffering, issuance, and sale by the Series B Second Tranche and issued 18,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $9.0 million. At this time the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured at $2.3 million using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 100% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.50 per share, expected term of 0 years and risk-free rate of 0.5%. Upon the closing of the Series B Second Tranche, the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was terminated and the balance of the liability of $2.3 million was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In July 2015, the Company entered into the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (“the Series C Agreement”) for the issuance of up to 80,337,411 sharesa maximum aggregate offering price of Series C redeemable convertible$250.0 million of its common stock, preferred stock, atdebt securities and warrants (the “2019 Form S-3”). Up to a maximum of $75.0 million of the maximum aggregate offering price of $0.4979 per share, in multiple closings. The initial closing occurred on July 10, 2015, whereby 35,147,617 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were$250.0 million may be issued for gross proceeds of approximately $17.5 million. Accordingand sold pursuant to the initial terms of the Series C Agreement,an ATM financing facility under a sales agreement entered into by the Company could issue 45,189,794 additional shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in a subsequent closing (“Series C Second Tranche”) contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones.

On the date of the initial closing, the Company recorded a Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $1.0 million, as the fair value of the obligation/right to complete the Series C Second Tranche. The fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability on the dateNovember 27, 2019 (the “2019 Sales Agreement”). As of the initial closing was determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 1.0 year, and risk-free rate of 0.5%.

At December 31, 2015, the fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured and determined to be $1.6 million using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions: 95% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 0.53 year, and risk-free rate of 0.9%.

In March 2016, the Company completed the closing of the Series C Second Tranche and issued 45,189,794 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for net cash proceeds of $22.5 million. At this time the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured at $5.8 million, determined using a hybrid method of the Option Pricing Model with a 67% weighted value per share and the PWERM with a 33% weighted value per share. The following assumptions were used in the Option Pricing Model: risk-free interest rate of 0.73%, expected life of 2.0 years and expected volatility of 52.0%. The PWERM method included probabilities of three IPO scenarios occurring in July 2016. The scenarios were weighted based on the Company’s estimate of each event occurring in deriving the estimated fair value. Upon the closing of the Series C Second Tranche, the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was terminated and the balance of the liability of $5.8 million was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Index to Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a charge of $4.2 million, $626,000 and $897,000, respectively, for the change in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

11. Common Stock

The Company had reserved shares2019, no offering, issuance or sale of common stock, for issuance, on an as-converted basis, as follows:preferred stock, debt securities or warrants was made under the 2019 Form S-3 or the 2019 Sales Agreement.

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

   —      5,323,103 

Options issued and outstanding

   2,393,829    833,178 

Options available for future grants

   164,328    147,219 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

   —      275,861 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   2,558,157    6,579,361 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 12.    Equity Plans

Equity Incentive Plan

In May 2007, the Company established itsthe 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2007(“2007 Plan”) which providesprovided for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2007 Plan may bewere either incentive stock options (ISOs)(“ISOs”) or nonqualified stock options (NSOs)(“NSOs”). ISOs may bewere granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may bewere granted to Company employees and consultants. Options under the 2007 Plan have a term of ten years and generally vest over a four-year period with one-year cliff vesting.

In July 2016, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016(“2016 Plan”) to replace the 2007 Stock OptionPlan. Under the 2016 Plan, 1,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were initially reserved for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock units and other awards to employees, directors and consultants. Pursuant to the “evergreen” provision contained in the 2016 Plan, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan automatically increases on January 1 of each year, starting on January 1, 2017 and continuing through (and including) January 1, 2026, by 4% of the total number of shares of the Company’s capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by the Company’s board of directors. Upon adoption of the 2016 Plan, no additional stock awards were issued under the 2007 Plan. Options granted under the 2007 Plan that were outstanding on the date the 2016 Plan became effective uponremain subject to the IPO. terms of the 2007 Plan. The number of options available for grant under the 2007 Plan was ceased and the number was added to the common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 602,091 shares of common stock were available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

The 2016 Plan is administered by the Boardboard of Directorsdirectors or a committee appointed by the Boardboard of Directors,directors, which determines the types of awards to be granted, including the number of shares subject to the awards, the exercise price and the vesting schedule. Under the 2016 Plan, 1,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been initially reserved for the issuance of stock options, restricted stock units and other awards to employees, directors and consultants. Options granted under the 2016 Plan expire no later than 10ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of each option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Options may be granted to stockholders possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stocks of the Company at an exercise price at least 110% of the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant and the options are not exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of grant. Employee stock options generally vest 25% upon one year of continued service to the Company, with the remainder in monthly increments over three additional years. Upon adoptionNon-employee director initial stock options generally vest monthly over a period of approximately three years, and non-employee director annual refresher stock options generally vest over a period of approximately one year.

115

Inducement Plan

In May 2018, the Company’s board of directors approved the 2018 Inducement Plan, a non-stockholder approved stock plan, under which it reserved and authorized 750,000 shares of the 2016Company’s common stock in order to award options and restricted stock unit awards to persons that were not previously employees or directors of the Company, or following a bona fide period of non-employment, as an inducement material to such persons entering into employment with the Company, within the meaning of Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The 2018 Inducement Plan no additional stockis administered by the board of directors or the Compensation Committee of the board, which determines the types of awards willto be issued undergranted, including the 2007 Stock Option Plan. Optionsnumber of shares subject to the awards, the exercise price and the vesting schedule. Awards granted under the 2007 Stock Option2018 Inducement Plan that were outstanding onexpire no later than ten years from the date the 2016 plan became effective remain subject to the terms of the 2007 Stock Option Plan. The numbergrant. As of optionsDecember 31, 2019, approximately 280,000 shares were available for grant under the 2007 Plan was ceased and the number was added to the common stock reserved for issuance under the 20162018 Inducement Plan. As of December 31, 2016, the Company has reserved 1,200,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

Index to Financial Statements

Stock Options

Activity under the Company’s equity incentive plans is set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

Options

 

Price Per

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

    

Outstanding

    

Share

    

Life (years)

    

Value (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

Balances at December 31, 2018

 

3,178,441

  

$

12.23

 

7.52

 

 

 

Options granted

 

1,328,800

  

 

9.36

 

  

 

 

  

Options exercised

 

(307,055)

 

 

3.81

  

 

  

 

 

Options forfeited

 

(518,665)

 

 

14.08

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2019

 

3,681,521

  

$

11.64

 

7.78

 

$

2.4

Options exercisable – December 31, 2019

 

1,973,866

  

$

11.82

 

6.93

 

$

2.3

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2019

 

3,681,521

 

$

11.64

 

7.78

 

$

2.4

____________________

         Options Outstanding 
   Options
Available for
Grant
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                 (in thousands) 

Balances at December 31, 2013

   70,082   284,879  $1.10    7.92   

Additional options authorized

   240,425   —        

Options granted

   (199,519  199,519   1.83     

Options exercised

   —     (2,548  1.30     

Options forfeited

   5,844   (5,844  1.13     
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Balances at December 31, 2014

   116,832   476,006   1.40    8.04   

Additional options authorized

   431,411   —        

Options granted

   (408,623  408,623   1.24     

Options exercised

   —     (43,852  1.30     

Options forfeited

   7,599   (7,599  1.40     
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Balances at December 31, 2015

   147,219   833,178   1.33    8.56   

Additional options authorized

   1,697,088   —        

Options granted

   (1,679,979  1,679,979   14.24     

Options exercised

   —     (119,328  1.28     
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Balances at December 31, 2016

   164,328   2,393,829  $10.39    8.79   $27,820 
  

 

 

  

 

 

      

Options exercisable – December 31, 2016

    492,714  $5.19    7.70   $8,286 
   

 

 

      

Options vested and expected to vest – December 31, 2016

    2,369,135  $10.37    8.79   $27,596 
   

 

 

      

(1) The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair valueclosing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2016. 2019. The calculation excludes options with an exercise price higher than the closing price of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2019.

The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $169,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was immaterial$2.6 million, $1.3 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015,2019, 2018 and 20142017, the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of common stock underlying options granted was $8.20, $0.69,$5.45,  $8.12 and $0.82$7.74 per share, respectively.

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The fair value of employee and director stock option awards accounted for under ASC 718 was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

2019

    

2018

 

2017

 

Expected term (in years)

5.00 - 6.08

 

5.49 - 6.08

 

5.50 - 6.08

 

Expected volatility

61.0% - 64.8%

 

62.0% - 66.5%

 

61.6% - 65.4%

 

Risk-free interest rate

1.42% - 2.58%

 

2.42% - 3.03%

 

1.88% - 2.24%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

 

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Expected term (in years)

   4.16 – 5.95   5.89   6.08 

Expected volatility

   62.5 – 64.8  59.8  64.7

Risk-free interest rate

   1.27 – 1.79  1.57 – 1.58  1.89

Dividend yield

   —     —     —   

Prior to the completion

116

Index to Financial Statements

there had been no public market for the Company’s common stock prior to August 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors had determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors. For stock options granted after the completion of the IPO, the Company’s Board of Directors determined the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported on the date of grant.

In determining the fair value of the options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective, and expected volatility generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Term—The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s options granted are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). The Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants.

Expected Volatility—Since the Company does not have a long trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility is estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Expected Dividend—The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Restricted Stock Options GrantedUnits

The Company began issuing restricted stock units under the 2016 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2018. A restricted stock unit is an agreement to Non-employeesissue shares of the Company’s common stock at the time of vesting. Restricted stock unit annual refresher awards vest in four equal installments on approximately the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. Restricted stock unit incentive awards granted during 2018 vest in three equal installments at six months intervals over a period of 18 months.

Restricted stock unit activity under the Company’s equity incentive plans is set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Number of

 

Grant Date

 

    

Shares

    

Fair Value

Unvested at December 31, 2018

 

418,450

  

$

10.45

Restricted grant units granted

 

160,650

 

 

8.02

Restricted grant units vested

 

(197,703)

 

 

9.29

Restricted grant units forfeited

 

(102,915)

 

 

9.88

Unvested at December 31, 2019

 

278,482

 

$

10.08

Stock-based compensation related toexpense associated with restricted stock options granted to non-employeesunits is recognized asbased on the stock options are earned. The fair value of the Company’s common stock options granted was calculated at each reportingon the grant date, usingwhich equals the Black-Scholes option-pricing model withclosing market price of the following assumptions:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Expected term (in years)

   6.59 –9.97   6.8   9.4 

Expected volatility

   62.5 – 62.8%  59.8  64.7%

Risk-free interest rate

   1.29 – 1.79  1.95  2.34%

Dividend yield

   —     —     —   

DuringCompany’s common stock on the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014grant date. For restricted stock units, the Company granted 59,647, 4,816, and 11,805 shares, respectively, to non-employee consultants. The Company recorded stock-basedrecognizes compensation expense duringover the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014vesting period of $505,000, $15,000, and $5,000, respectively.the awards that are ultimately expected to vest.  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In July 2016, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2016(“2016 ESPP”), which became effective upon the IPO.. The 2016 ESPP is intended to qualify

Index to Financial Statements

as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and is administered by the Company’s board of directors and the Compensation Committee of the board of directors. Under the 2016 ESPP, 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have beenwere initially reserved for employee purchases of the Company’s common stock, with an automatic annual increasestock. Pursuant to the shares issuable under“evergreen” provision contained in the 2016 ESPP, the number of shares reserved for issuance automatically increases on the first dayJanuary 1 of each fiscal year, for a period of up to 10 years in an amount equal to (i)starting on January 1, 2017 and continuing through (and including) January 1, 2026 by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding fiscal year and(ii) 300,000 

117

shares, or (iii) such other number of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) a lower numbershares determined by the Boardboard of Directors.directors. The 2016 ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. At the end of each offering period, eligible employees are able to purchase shares at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the beginning of the offering period or at the end of each applicable purchase period. During the year ended December 31, 2019, 79,034 shares were issued under the ESPP. As of December 31, 2019, 577,993 shares are available for issuance.

The fair value of the rights granted under the 2016 ESPP was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2019

    

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Expected term (in years)

 

0.50

 

 

0.50

 

 

0.50

 

Expected volatility

 

58.9%  -65.3%

 

 

49.0%  -63.4%

 

 

52.4%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.89%  -2.32%

 

 

1.89%  -2.32%

 

 

0.89% - 1.16%

 

Dividend yield

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2016

Expected term (in years)

0.60

Expected volatility

52.48

Risk-free interest rate

0.45

Dividend yield

—  

Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for both employees and non-employees for stock options and the 2016 ESPP was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Research and development

 

$

4,350

 

$

3,424

 

$

2,008

General and administrative

 

 

4,003

 

 

3,495

 

 

2,233

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

8,353

 

$

6,919

 

$

4,241

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Research and development

  $1,080   $39   $17 

General and administrative

   1,050    60    25 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $2,130   $99   $42 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016 there was $12.6 million of2019, total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to stock options thatexpense was $12.3 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.122.5 years.

Note 13.    401(k) Plan

In March 2012, theThe Company adoptedhas a retirement and savings plan under Section of 401(k) of Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan)“401(k) Plan”) covering all U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to make pre- and post-tax contributions up to the maximum allowable amount set by the IRS.Internal Revenue Service. The Company does not make matching contributions to the 401(k) planPlan on behalf of participants.

Note 14.    Income Taxes

The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to research and development tax credits and the recognition of deferred tax assets in Protagonist Australia. The Company believes these deferred tax assets will be realized in the future due to expected profitability for this subsidiary.

The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from the recognition of deferred tax assets in Protagonist Australia. No provision for income taxes was recorded for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.2017. The Company hashad incurred net operating losses for all the periods presented. The Company hasand did not reflectedreflect any benefit of such net operating loss carryforwards in the consolidated financial statements.statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company has establishedcontinues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

118

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of net loss for the periods presentedbefore income taxes (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Domestic

 

$

(72,271)

 

$

(37,511)

  

$

(34,556)

Foreign

 

 

(5,607)

 

 

(2,212)

  

 

(2,401)

Total net loss before taxes

 

$

(77,878)

 

$

(39,723)

  

$

(36,957)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Domestic

  $(34,977  $(10,483  $(9,515

Foreign

   (2,200   (4,375   (1,557
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loss

  $(37,177  $(14,858  $(11,072
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

119

The federal, state and foreign components of the income tax expense (benefit) are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Federal

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

State

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Foreign

 

84

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total current tax expense

 

84

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Federal

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  State

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

  Foreign

 

(775)

 

 

(799)

 

 

 —

Total deferred tax benefit

 

(775)

 

 

(799)

 

 

 —

Income tax benefit

$

(691)

 

$

(799)

 

$

 —

The effective tax rate of the provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

Federal statutory income tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

34.0

%  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 

1.2

 

7.0

 

0.5

 

Research and development credits

 

4.3

 

(1.3)

 

2.6

 

Foreign tax rate difference

 

0.7

 

0.4

 

(1.2)

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

(23.8)

 

(22.2)

 

(5.2)

 

Change in tax law

 

 —

 

 —

 

(31.2)

 

Other

 

 (2.5)

 

(2.9)

 

0.5

 

Provision for income taxes

 

0.9

%  

2.0

%  

 —

%  

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Federal statutory income tax rate

   34.0  34.0  34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

   6.5   (2.7  4.1 

Warrant revaluation

   (4.3  (0.2  (5.5

Foreign tax rate difference

   (1.6  (11.8  (6.8

Change in valuation allowance

   (36.0  (19.9  (26.5

Other

   1.4   0.6   0.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   0.0  0.0  0.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

  

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

39,907

 

$

27,704

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

318

 

 

269

Accruals/other

 

 

5,454

 

 

2,455

Operating lease liability

 

 

1,516

 

 

 —

Research and development credits 

 

 

8,038

 

 

4,270

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

55,233

 

 

34,698

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating right-of-use asset

 

 

(1,269)

 

 

 —

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,269)

 

 

 —

Valuation allowance

 

 

(52,531)

 

 

(34,040)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

1,433

 

$

658

 

   December 31, 
   2016   2015 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $21,501   $9,513 

Depreciation and amortization

   419    480 

Accruals/other

   908    293 

Research and development credits��& foreign credits

   1,143    285 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   23,971    10,571 

Valuation allowance

   (23,971   (10,571
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $—    $—   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset U.S. deferred tax assets as of December 31, 20162019 and 20152018 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $13.4$18.5 million, $3.0$8.2 million and $2.9$1.9 million during the yearyears ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, respectively. The increase in the valuation allowance is mainly related to the increase in net operating loss carryforwards incurred during the respective taxable years.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes

120

At December 31, 2016 the Company also had accumulated Australian tax losses of $9.2 million available for carry forward against future earnings which, under relevant tax laws, do not expire but may not be available under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2016, the Company also had $1.1 million of federal and $0.6

Index to Financial Statements

million of state research and development tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future income taxes. The federal research and development tax credits will begin to expire in 2035, if not utilized. The state research and development tax credits have no expiration date.

Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of such ownership changes, the Company’s ability to realize the potential future benefit of tax losses and tax credits that existed at the time of the ownership change may be significantly reduced. The Company’s deferred tax asset and related valuation allowance would be reduced asBased on a result.

It isreview of the Company’s policyequity transactions since inception, the Company believes a portion of its net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards may be limited due to include penaltiescertain of its equity financing transactions.

At December 31, 2019, the Company had $164.1  million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and interest expense related$151.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards. $78.7 million of the federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2033, if not utilized, and the remaining $85.4 million have no expiration. The state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2035, if not utilized.

At December 31, 2019, the Company also had accumulated Australian tax losses of AUD 13.1 million ($9.2 million) available for carry forward against future earnings which, under relevant tax laws, do not expire but may be limited under certain circumstances.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $6.6 million of federal and $3.3 million of state research and development tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future income taxes as a componenttaxes. The federal research and development tax credits will begin to expire in 2035, if not utilized. The state research and development tax credits have no expiration date.

As of other expense, as necessary.December 31, 2019, the Company had AUD 3.5 million ($2.5 million) of Australian research and development tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future income taxes. The Australian research and development tax credits have no expiration date.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

9,466

 

$

5,414

  

$

2,131

Increase based on tax positions related to prior years

 

 

184

 

 

108

  

 

 —

Increase based on tax positions related to current year

 

 

6,981

 

 

3,944

  

 

3,283

Balance at end of year

 

$

16,631

 

$

9,466

  

$

5,414

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Balance at beginning of year

  $805   $—    $—   

Additions based on tax positions related to in prior years

   707    690    —  

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

   619    115    —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $2,131   $805   $—  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $16.6 million, of which $4.1 million would affect the effective tax rate if recognized and $12.5 million is subject to a valuation allowance and would not affect the effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expectanticipate that its uncertainthe total amounts of unrecognized tax positionsbenefits will materially changesignificantly increase or decrease in the next twelve12 months. The reversal of the uncertainCompany’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits would not impactwithin the Company’s effective tax rateprovision for income taxes, as the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.necessary. Management determined that no accrual for interest or penalties was required as of December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, the State of California and Australia. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other jurisdictions. The Company’s tax returns for 2012 through 2016 remain open for examination due to the carryoverfor all years.

121

Note 15.    Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

As the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 20152019, 2018 and 2014,2017, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Numerator:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(77,187)

 

$

(38,924)

 

$

(36,957)

Denominator:

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

 

25,894,024

  

 

22,364,515

  

 

17,694,505

Net loss per shares, basic and diluted

 

$

(2.98)

 

$

(1.74)

 

$

(2.09)

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016  2015  2014 

Numerator:

    

Net loss

  $(37,177 $(14,858 $(11,072

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   (558  (75  (146
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $(37,735 $(14,933 $(11,218
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   6,501,796   251,717   227,197 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $(5.80 $(59.32 $(49.38
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Options to purchase common stock

 

3,681,521

 

3,178,441

 

2,438,151

Common stock warrants

 

2,750,000

 

2,750,000

 

 —

Restricted stock units

 

278,482

 

418,450

 

 —

ESPP shares

 

40,275

 

52,134

 

24,938

Total

 

6,750,278

 

6,399,025

  

2,463,089

Index to Financial Statements

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

   —      5,323,103    2,899,134 

Options to purchase common stock

   2,393,829    833,178    476,006 

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

   —      275,861    275,861 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   2,393,829    6,432,142    3,651,001 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

16. Subsequent Events

In March 2017, the Company entered into a lease agreement for a new office and laboratory space in Newark, California to relocate its operations to a larger facility. The lease commencement date is July 1, 2017 and the lease expires on June 30, 2024. The Company aggregate minimum lease payments totaling $13.4 million under the lease agreement and will provide the landlord with a letter of credit as the security deposit of $450,000.

17.Note 16.    Supplementary Financial Data (unaudited)

The following table presents the selected quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 20162019 and 2015:2018 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

    

March 31

    

June 30

    

September 30

    

December 31

2019

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

1,560

 

$

(8,189)

 

$

4,141

 

$

2,719

Loss from operations

 

$

(14,648)

 

$

(31,407)

 

$

(17,167)

 

$

(17,299)

Net loss

 

$

(14,103)

 

$

(29,174)

  

$

(16,409)

 

$

(17,501)

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (1)

 

$

(0.58)

 

$

(1.18)

  

$

(0.61)

 

$

(0.63)

2018

 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

License and collaboration revenue - related party

 

$

10,781

 

$

11,674

 

$

6,117

 

$

2,353

Loss from operations

 

$

(8,229)

 

$

(9,239)

 

$

(9,389)

 

$

(15,412)

Net loss

 

$

(7,661)

 

$

(8,663)

  

$

(8,735)

 

$

(13,865)

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted (1)

 

$

(0.36)

 

$

(0.41)

  

$

(0.38)

 

$

(0.57)

_________________

(1) Net loss per share amounts for the 2019 and 2018 quarters and full years have been computed separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts may not add to the annual amounts because of differences in the weighted average shares outstanding during each period.

 

   Consolidated Statements of Operations 
   Quarter Ended 
   March 31  June 30  September 30  December 31 
   (In thousands, except per share amounts) 

2016

     

Loss from operations

  $(7,040 $(7,091 $(7,138 $(11,397

Net loss

  $(11,747 $(7,098 $(7,084 $(11,248

Net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $(40.96 $(19.07 $(0.87 $(0.67

2015

     

Loss from operations

  $(2,689 $(3,083 $(4,021 $(5,001

Net loss

  $(2,697 $(3,219 $(3,449 $(5,493

Net loss per share of common stock attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $(11.75 $(13.78 $(12.79 $(20.31

122

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer have(Principal Financial Officer), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e)13a‑15(e) and 15d-15(e)15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2016.2019. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2016 to provide2019 were effective at the reasonable assurance because of the material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as described below.level.

Exemption from management’s

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the fiscal year endedExchange Act. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 20162019.

This Annual Report on Form 10-Kannual report does not include aan attestation report of management’s assessmentthe Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting on anreporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation report of our independentby the Company’s registered public accounting firm duepursuant to a transition period established by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Material Weaknesses

In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The first material weakness related to a deficiency in the operation of our internal controls over the accounting for non-routine, complex equity transactions, which resulted in material post-closing adjustments to the convertible preferred stock, additional paid-in capital, interest expense, and gain from modification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock balances in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our lack of adequate accounting personnel has resulted in the identification of a second material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. Specifically, we did not, and have not historically, appropriately design and implement controls over the review and approval of manual journal entries and the related supporting journal entry calculations.

Remediation Plans

While we intend to implement a plan to remediate the material weaknesses, we have not completed the implementation of this plan as of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, we continue to have the material weaknesses as of December 31, 2016. We can give no assurance that our current and planned implementation will remediate this deficiency in internal control or that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our plan to remediate the material weaknesses includes implementing a new accounting software system, adding additional accounting personnel and performing a review of manual journal entries. We identified and began implementation of an accounting system to improve our information systems related controls, which went into production in early 2017. We have recruited and intend to continue to recruit additional finance and accounting personnel as needed to enhance segregation of duties, we will continue to utilize consultants with technical accounting expertise as needed, and we will establish formal written policies for our accounting function.

Index to Financial Statements

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.Other Information

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.Item 9B.Other Information

On March 6, 2017, we entered into a Lease (the “Lease”) with BMR-Pacific Research Center LPNone.

123

The term of the Lease commences when we commence business operations in the Facility, but in no event earlier than June 1, 2017 or later than July 1, 2017. Upon commencement of the Lease, the Lease has a term of seven years. The monthly base rent starts at $3.40 per square foot in the first year of the Lease, increases to $3.60 per square foot in the second year of the Lease, and escalates by 3.0% annually each year thereafter.

The foregoing description of the Lease does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Lease, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this annual report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

Index to Financial Statements

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers, Corporate Governance

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

Except as set forth below, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is posted on our website at http://www.protagonist-inc.com/.www.protagonist-inc.com.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K8‑K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above and, to the extent required by the listing standards of The NASDAQNasdaq Global Market, by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K8‑K with the SEC, disclosing such information.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

Item 11.Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.2019.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 20172020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

2019.

124

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)     The following documents are filed as part of this report:

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(1)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1)FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.10‑K.

(2)

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Financial statement schedules have been omitted in this Annual Report on Form 10-K10‑K because they are not applicable, not required under the instructions, or the information requested is set forth in the financial statements or related notes thereto.

(3)

EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

10‑K.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

Incorporation By Reference

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

SEC File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Herewith

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

8‑K

 

001-37852

 

3.1

 

8/16/2016

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

3.2

 

8/1/2016

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

4.1

 

8/1/2016

 

 

4.2

 

Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and the stockholders named therein, dated July 31, 2016.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

4.2

 

8/1/2016

 

 

4.3

 

Form of Indenture

 

S-3

 

333-220314

 

4.5

 

9/1/2017

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Class A Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

4.1

 

8/7/2018

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Class B Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

4.2

 

8/7/2018

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Warrant

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

4.1

 

12/31/2018

 

 

4.7

 

Description of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.1+

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and form of option agreement, exercise notice, joinder, and adoption agreement thereunder.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.1

 

7/11/2016

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

Incorporation By Reference

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

SEC File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Herewith

10.2+

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option grant notice, option agreement, notice of exercise, restricted stock unit grant notice and restricted stock unit agreement thereunder.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

10.2

 

8/1/2016

 

 

10.3+

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

10.3

 

8/1/2016

 

 

10.4+

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Officers.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

10.4

 

8/1/2016

 

 

10.5+

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2018 Inducement Plan, form of stock option grant notice, form of option agreement, form of restricted stock unit grant notice and form of restricted stock unit agreement

 

S-8

 

333-225294

 

99.1

 

5/30/2018

 

 

10.6

 

Lease, dated March 6, 2017, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Pacific Research Center LP.

 

10-K

 

001-37852

 

10.9

 

3/7/2017

 

 

10.7+

 

Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Dinesh Patel.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

10.9

 

8/1/2016

 

 

10.8+

 

Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and David Y. Liu, Ph.D.

 

S‑1/A

 

333-212476

 

10.10

 

8/1/2016

 

 

10.9+

 

Employment Offer Letter, dated May 21, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Samuel Saks, M.D.

 

10-Q

 

001-37852

 

10.2

 

8/7/2018

 

 

10.10†

 

Research and Collaboration Agreement, dated June 16, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.17

 

7/11/2016

 

 

10.11†

 

Contract Extension Letter of Agreement, dated June 1, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.18

 

7/11/2016

 

 

10.12†

 

Agreement on Addition of Additional Collaboration Program, dated September 16, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.19

 

7/11/2016

 

 

10.13†

 

Protagonist Assumption of Responsibility, dated January 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.20

 

7/11/2016

 

 

10.14†

 

Agreement to Assign Patent Applications, dated February 7, 2014, by and between the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.21

 

7/11/2016

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

Incorporation By Reference

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed

Number

    

Exhibit Description

    

Form

    

SEC File No.

    

Exhibit

    

Filing Date

    

Herewith

10.15†

 

Abandonment Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.

 

S‑1

 

333-212476

 

10.22

 

7/11/2016

 

 

10.16†

 

Exclusive License and Collaboration Agreement, dated May 26, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Janssen Biotech, Inc.

 

8-K/A

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

7/31/2017

 

 

10.17

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 8, 2018, by and between the Registrant and certain parties identified on the signature pages thereto

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

4.3

 

8/7/2018

 

 

10.18

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 6, 2018, by and between the Registrant and certain purchasers identified on the signature pages thereto

 

S-3

 

333-227216

 

10.1

 

9/7/2018

 

 

10.19

 

Exchange Agreement, dated December 21, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Biotechnology Value Fund, L.P., Biotechnology Value Fund II, L.P. and Biotechnology Value Trading Fund OS, L.P. 

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

12/31/2018

 

 

10.20

 

First Amendment, dated January 31, 2019, to Lease, dated March 6, 2017, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., as Tenant, and BMR-Pacific Research Center LP, as Landlord.

 

10-Q

 

001-37852

 

10.3

 

5/8/2019

 

 

10.21+

 

Severance Agreement, dated March 14, 2019, by and among Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and Suneel Gupta, Ph.D. 

 

10-Q

 

001-37852

 

10.4

 

5/8/2019

 

 

10.22#

 

First Amendment to Exclusive License and Collaboration Agreement, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and Janssen Biotech, Inc., dated May 7, 2019.

 

10-Q

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

8/7/2019

 

 

10.23+

 

Offer Letter, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics Inc. and Donald Kalkofen, dated May 20, 2019.

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

5/29/2019

 

 

10.24+

 

Severance Agreement, dated July 19, 2019, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and Samuel Saks, M.D.

 

10-Q

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

11/6/2019

 

 

10.25

 

Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 30, 2019, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., MidCap Financial, and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

10.26

 

Open Market Sale AgreementSM, dated November 27, 2019, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and Jefferies LLC.

 

8-K

 

001-37852

 

10.1

 

11/27/2019

 

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

127


+     Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

†     Confidential treatment has been granted for a portion of this exhibit.

*     This certification attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompanies this Annual Report on Form 10‑K is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to Financial Statementsbe incorporated by reference into any filing of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of the Form 10‑K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

#     Portions of this exhibit (indicated by hashtag) have been omitted as the registrant has determined that (i) the omitted information is not material and (ii) the omitted information would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

None.

128

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Date: March 7, 201710, 2020

By:

By:

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer PEO)Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dinesh V. Patel and Thomas P. O’Neil,Don Kalkofen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,10‑K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

March 7, 201710, 2020

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

(Principal Executive Officer PEO)Officer)

/s/ Thomas P. O’NeilDon Kalkofen

Chief Financial Officer

March 7, 201710, 2020

Thomas P. O’Neil

Don Kalkofen

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer PFO and AO)Officer)

/s/ Harold E. Selick, Ph.DPh.D.

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 7, 201710, 2020

Harold E. Selick, Ph.DPh.D.

/s/ Bryan Giraudo

Director

March 10, 2020

Bryan Giraudo

/s/ Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

Director

March 7, 201710, 2020

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

/s/ Julie PapanekSarah Noonberg, M.D., Ph.D.

Director

March 7, 2017

Julie Papanek
10, 2020

/s/ Armen Shanafelt,Sarah Noonberg, M.D., Ph.D.

Director

March 7, 2017

Armen Shanafelt, Ph.D.

/s/ William D. Waddill

Director

March 7, 201710, 2020

William D. Waddill

Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  Incorporation By Reference 
    Form  SEC File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date   Filed
Herewith
 
    3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  8-K   001-3785237852    3.1    08/16/2016   
    3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws  S-1/A   333-212476    3.2    08/01/2016   
    4.1  Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock  S-1/A   333-212476    4.1    08/01/2016   
    4.2  Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and the stockholders named therein, dated July 10, 2015.  S-1/A   333-212476    4.2    08/01/2016   
  10.1+  Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and form of option agreement, exercise notice, joinder, and adoption agreement thereunder.  S-1   333-212476    10.1    07/11/2016   
  10.2+  Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option grant notice, option agreement, notice of exercise, restricted stock unit grant notice and restricted stock unit agreement thereunder.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.2    08/01/2016   
  10.3+  Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.3    08/01/2016   
  10.4+  Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Officers.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.4    08/01/2016   
  10.5  Lease, dated September 30, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family Partnership.  S-1   333-212476    10.5    07/11/2016   
  10.6  First Amendment to Lease, dated March 24, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family Partnership.  S-1   333-212476    10.6    07/11/2016   
  10.7  Second Amendment to Lease, dated May 4 2015, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family L.P.  S-1   333-212476    10.7    07/11/2016   
  10.8  Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 11, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family L.P.  S-1   333-212476    10.8    07/11/2016   
  10.9  Lease, dated March 6, 2017, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Pacific Research Center LP.           X 

Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Description

  Incorporation By Reference 
    Form  SEC File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date   Filed
Herewith
 
  10.10+  Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Dinesh Patel.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.9    08/01/2016   
  10.11+  Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and David Y. Liu, Ph.D.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.10    08/01/2016   
  10.12+  Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and William Hodder.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.11    08/01/2016   
  10.13+  Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Tom O’Neil.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.12    08/01/2016   
  10.14+  Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Richard Shames, M.D.  S-1/A   333-212476    10.13    08/01/2016   
  10.15†  Research and Collaboration Agreement, dated June 16, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.17    07/11/2016   
  10.16†  Contract Extension Letter of Agreement, dated June 1, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.18    07/11/2016   
  10.17†  Agreement on Addition of Additional Collaboration Program, dated September 16, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.19    07/11/2016   
  10.18†  Protagonist Assumption of Responsibility, dated January 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.20    07/11/2016   
  10.19†  Agreement to Assign Patent Applications, dated February 7, 2014, by and between the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.21    07/11/2016   
  10.20†  Abandonment Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.  S-1   333-212476    10.22    07/11/2016   
  10.21  Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation, as amended.  S-1   333-212476    10.23    07/11/2016   

Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit

Number

Exhibit Description

Incorporation By Reference

/s/ Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

Form

Director

SEC File No.ExhibitFiling DateFiled
Herewith

March 10, 2020

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

  21.1List of SubsidiariesX
  23.1Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmX
  24.1Power of Attorney (included in signature page of this Form 10-K)X
  31.1Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002X
  31.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002X
  32.1*Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 U.S.C. §1350), as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002X
101.INSXBRL Instance DocumentX
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentX
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentX
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase DocumentX
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase DocumentX
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentX

 

+Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.
Confidential treatment has been granted for a portion of this exhibit.
*This certification attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompanies this Annual Report on Form 10-K is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

129

128